ahoneybun/qmk_firmware
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

Add svn:eol-style property to source files, so that the line endings are correctly converted to the target system's native end of line style.

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Dean Camera 2010-05-08 03:12:14 +00:00
parent e331b531c6
commit 071e02c6b6
839 changed files with 274562 additions and 274562 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

262
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.c
View file

@ -1,131 +1,131 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AVRISP.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Process_AVRISP_Commands();
V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
V2Protocol_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup AVRISP data Endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
#if defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
#endif
}
/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AVRISP project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AVRISP.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Process_AVRISP_Commands();
V2Params_UpdateParamValues();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
V2Protocol_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup AVRISP data Endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
#if defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
#endif
}
/** Processes incoming V2 Protocol commands from the host, returning a response when required. */
void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a V2 Protocol command has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
/* Pass off processing of the V2 Protocol command to the V2 Protocol handler */
V2Protocol_ProcessCommand();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
}

162
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.h
View file

@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AVRISP.c.
*/
#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
#define _AVRISP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AVRISP.c.
*/
#ifndef _AVRISP_H_
#define _AVRISP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "Lib/V2Protocol.h"
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Process_AVRISP_Commands(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
#endif

538
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP.txt
View file

@ -1,269 +1,269 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs (8KB versions with reduced features only)
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for an AVRStudio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB AVR series of
* microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within AVRStudio. In its
* most basic form, it allows for the programming of 5V AVRs from within AVRStudio with no special hardware other than
* the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating
* level conversion can be made to allow for the programming of 3.3V AVR designs.
*
* This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
* drivers. When prompted, direct your OS to install Atmel's AVRISP-MKII drivers provided with AVRStudio.
*
* Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
* - Minimum ISP target clock speed of 500KHz due to hardware SPI module prescaler limitations
* - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
* - A seperate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
*
* On AVR models with an ADC converter, AVCC should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be
* set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET detection to operate correctly. On models
* without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 5V level at all times.
*
* While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
* of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
*
* \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
* Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MISO</td>
* <td>PDO</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MOSI</td>
* <td>PDI</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* In addition, the AVR's XCK pin will generate a .5MHz clock when SPI programming is used, to act as an external
* device clock if the fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect XCK to the target AVR's XTAL1
* pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz or below.
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
*
* \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
* Connections to the device for PDI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCLK</td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
*
* \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
* Connections to the device for TPI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCLK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
* <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. <i>Ignored when
* compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
* to report a fixed 5V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making
* the code compatible with Windows builds of avrdude using the libUSB driver. Linux platforms are not affected by this
* option.
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage AVRISP MKII Programmer Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs (8KB versions with reduced features only)
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Vendor Specific Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>Atmel AVRISP MKII Protocol Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for an AVRStudio compatible AVRISP-MKII clone programmer. This project will enable the USB AVR series of
* microcontrollers to act as a clone of the official Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer, usable within AVRStudio. In its
* most basic form, it allows for the programming of 5V AVRs from within AVRStudio with no special hardware other than
* the USB AVR and the parts needed for the USB interface. If the user desires, more advanced circuits incorporating
* level conversion can be made to allow for the programming of 3.3V AVR designs.
*
* This device spoofs Atmel's official AVRISP-MKII device PID so that it remains compatible with Atmel's AVRISP-MKII
* drivers. When prompted, direct your OS to install Atmel's AVRISP-MKII drivers provided with AVRStudio.
*
* Note that this design currently has the following limitations:
* - Minimum ISP target clock speed of 500KHz due to hardware SPI module prescaler limitations
* - No reversed/shorted target connector detection and notification
* - A seperate header is required for each of the ISP, PDI and TPI programming protocols that the user wishes to use
*
* On AVR models with an ADC converter, AVCC should be tied to 5V (e.g. VBUS) and the VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL token should be
* set to an appropriate ADC channel number in the project makefile for VTARGET detection to operate correctly. On models
* without an ADC converter, VTARGET will report a fixed 5V level at all times.
*
* While this application can be compiled for USB AVRs with as little as 8KB of FLASH, for full functionality 16KB or more
* of FLASH is required. On 8KB devices, ISP or PDI/TPI programming support can be disabled to reduce program size.
*
* \section Sec_ISP ISP Connections
* Connections to the device for SPI programming (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>ISP 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MISO</td>
* <td>PDO</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>SCLK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MOSI</td>
* <td>PDI</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* In addition, the AVR's XCK pin will generate a .5MHz clock when SPI programming is used, to act as an external
* device clock if the fuses have been mis-set. To use the recovery clock, connect XCK to the target AVR's XTAL1
* pin, and set the ISP programming speed to 125KHz or below.
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
*
* \section Sec_PDI PDI Connections
* Connections to the device for PDI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>PDI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCLK</td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
*
* \section Sec_TPI TPI Connections
* Connections to the device for TPI programming<b><sup>1</sup></b> (when enabled):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Programmer Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>Target Device Pin:</b></td>
* <td><b>TPI 6 Pin Layout:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Tx/Rx <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>DATA</td>
* <td>1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ADCx <b><sup>1</sup></b></td>
* <td>VTARGET</td>
* <td>2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>XCLK <b><sup>2</sup></b></td>
* <td>CLOCK</td>
* <td>3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* <td>4</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PORTx.y <b><sup>3</sup></b></td>
* <td>/RESET</td>
* <td>5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>GND</td>
* <td>6</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* <b><sup>1</sup></b> <i>Optional, see \ref SSec_Options section - for USB AVRs with ADC modules only</i> \n
* <b><sup>2</sup></b> <i>The AVR's Tx and Rx become the DATA line when connected together via a pair of 220 ohm resistors</i> \n
* <b><sup>3</sup></b> <i>See AUX line related tokens in the \ref SSec_Options section</i>
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PORT register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PIN register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>DDR register for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUX_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the programmer's AUX target line. The use of this line varies between the programming protocols,
* but is generally used for the target's /RESET line. <b>Must not be the AVR's /SS pin</b>. <i>Ignored when
* compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>ADC channel number (on supported AVRs) to use for VTARGET level detection, if NO_VTARGET_DETECT is not defined.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to enable SPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to enable PDI and TPI programming protocol support. <i>Ignored when compiled for the XPLAIN board.</i></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>NO_VTARGET_DETECT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to disable VTARGET sampling and reporting on AVR models with an ADC converter. This will cause the programmer
* to report a fixed 5V target voltage to the host regardless of the real target voltage.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Define to switch to a non-standard endpoint scheme, breaking compatibility with AVRStudio under Windows but making
* the code compatible with Windows builds of avrdude using the libUSB driver. Linux platforms are not affected by this
* option.
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

438
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,219 +1,219 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xFF,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2104,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = 0x03,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.AVRISP_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0xFF,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA AVRISP MkII Clone"
};
/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
* series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM SerialString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"0000A00128255"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x03:
Address = (void*)&SerialString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&SerialString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xFF,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2104,
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = 0x03,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.AVRISP_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0xFF,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.AVRISP_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA AVRISP MkII Clone"
};
/** Serial number string. This is a Unicode string containing the device's unique serial number, expressed as a
* series of uppercase hexadecimal digits.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM SerialString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"0000A00128255"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x03:
Address = (void*)&SerialString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&SerialString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

158
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,79 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 2
#else
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 3
#endif
/** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT)
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 2
#else
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data OUT endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the AVRISP data IN endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM 3
#endif
/** Size in bytes of the AVRISP data endpoint. */
#define AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t AVRISP_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t AVRISP_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

3128
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Doxygen.conf
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1088
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

158
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h
View file

@ -1,79 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command */
#define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6)
#define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_PROTOCOL_
#define _ISP_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Mask for the reading or writing of the high byte in a FLASH word when issuing a low-level programming command */
#define READ_WRITE_HIGH_BYTE_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK (1 << 0)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 1)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK (1 << 2)
#define PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 3)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK (1 << 4)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK (1 << 5)
#define PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK (1 << 6)
#define PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK (1 << 7)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode(void);
void ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_ChipErase(void);
void ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(const uint8_t V2Command);
void ISPProtocol_SPIMulti(void);
void ISPProtocol_DelayMS(uint8_t DelayMS);
#endif

374
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c
View file

@ -1,187 +1,187 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
*/
#include "ISPTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Converts the given AVR Studio SCK duration parameter (set by a SET PARAM command from the host) to the nearest
* possible SPI clock prescaler mask for passing to the SPI_Init() routine.
*
* \return Nearest SPI prescaler mask for the given SCK frequency
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void)
{
static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] =
{
#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#else
#error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
#endif
};
uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
if (SCKDuration >= sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
SCKDuration = (sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration) - 1);
return SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration];
}
/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
* When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
*
* \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, false otherwise
*/
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
{
if (ResetTarget)
{
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
else
{
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
}
/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
* the given parameters.
*
* \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of PROG_MODE_* constants
* \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
* \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
* \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
* \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
* \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress, const uint8_t PollValue,
const uint8_t DelayMS, const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
{
uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
/* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
{
case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
do
{
SPI_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
SPI_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
SPI_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
}
while ((SPI_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
break;
}
if (ProgrammingStatus == STATUS_CMD_OK)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return ProgrammingStatus;
}
/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
* BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
{
do
{
SPI_SendByte(0xF0);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
}
while ((SPI_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return STATUS_CMD_OK;
}
else
{
return STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
}
}
/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
* 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
* pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
*/
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
{
SPI_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
SPI_SendByte((CurrentAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the ISP Protocol decoder.
*/
#include "ISPTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Converts the given AVR Studio SCK duration parameter (set by a SET PARAM command from the host) to the nearest
* possible SPI clock prescaler mask for passing to the SPI_Init() routine.
*
* \return Nearest SPI prescaler mask for the given SCK frequency
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void)
{
static const uint8_t SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[] =
{
#if (F_CPU == 8000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#elif (F_CPU == 16000000)
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2, // AVRStudio = 8MHz SPI, Actual = 8MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4, // AVRStudio = 4MHz SPI, Actual = 4MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8, // AVRStudio = 2MHz SPI, Actual = 2MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16, // AVRStudio = 1MHz SPI, Actual = 1MHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32, // AVRStudio = 500KHz SPI, Actual = 500KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64, // AVRStudio = 250KHz SPI, Actual = 250KHz SPI
SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 // AVRStudio = 125KHz SPI, Actual = 125KHz SPI
#else
#error No SPI prescaler masks for chosen F_CPU speed.
#endif
};
uint8_t SCKDuration = V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_SCK_DURATION);
if (SCKDuration >= sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration))
SCKDuration = (sizeof(SPIMaskFromSCKDuration) - 1);
return SPIMaskFromSCKDuration[SCKDuration];
}
/** Asserts or deasserts the target's reset line, using the correct polarity as set by the host using a SET PARAM command.
* When not asserted, the line is tristated so as not to interfere with normal device operation.
*
* \param[in] ResetTarget Boolean true when the target should be held in reset, false otherwise
*/
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget)
{
if (ResetTarget)
{
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
if (!(V2Params_GetParameterValue(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)))
AUX_LINE_PORT |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
else
{
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
}
/** Waits until the last issued target memory programming command has completed, via the check mode given and using
* the given parameters.
*
* \param[in] ProgrammingMode Programming mode used and completion check to use, a mask of PROG_MODE_* constants
* \param[in] PollAddress Memory address to poll for completion if polling check mode used
* \param[in] PollValue Poll value to check against if polling check mode used
* \param[in] DelayMS Milliseconds to delay before returning if delay check mode used
* \param[in] ReadMemCommand Device low-level READ MEMORY command to send if value check mode used
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT or
* \ref STATUS_CMD_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress, const uint8_t PollValue,
const uint8_t DelayMS, const uint8_t ReadMemCommand)
{
uint8_t ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_OK;
/* Determine method of Programming Complete check */
switch (ProgrammingMode & ~(PROG_MODE_PAGED_WRITES_MASK | PROG_MODE_COMMIT_PAGE_MASK))
{
case PROG_MODE_WORD_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_TIMEDELAY_MASK:
ISPProtocol_DelayMS(DelayMS);
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_VALUE_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_VALUE_MASK:
do
{
SPI_SendByte(ReadMemCommand);
SPI_SendByte(PollAddress >> 8);
SPI_SendByte(PollAddress & 0xFF);
}
while ((SPI_TransferByte(0x00) == PollValue) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
ProgrammingStatus = STATUS_CMD_TOUT;
break;
case PROG_MODE_WORD_READYBUSY_MASK:
case PROG_MODE_PAGED_READYBUSY_MASK:
ProgrammingStatus = ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy();
break;
}
if (ProgrammingStatus == STATUS_CMD_OK)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return ProgrammingStatus;
}
/** Waits until the target has completed the last operation, by continuously polling the device's
* BUSY flag until it is cleared, or until the command timeout period has expired.
*
* \return V2 Protocol status \ref STATUS_CMD_OK if the no timeout occurred, \ref STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT otherwise
*/
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void)
{
do
{
SPI_SendByte(0xF0);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
}
while ((SPI_ReceiveByte() & 0x01) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return STATUS_CMD_OK;
}
else
{
return STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT;
}
}
/** Sends a low-level LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to the target, for addressing of memory beyond the
* 64KB boundary. This sends the command with the correct address as indicated by the current address
* pointer variable set by the host when a SET ADDRESS command is issued.
*/
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void)
{
SPI_SendByte(LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
SPI_SendByte((CurrentAddress & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
SPI_SendByte(0x00);
}
#endif

144
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h
View file

@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
#define _ISP_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../V2ProtocolParams.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Total number of allowable ISP programming speeds supported by the device */
#define TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS 7
#define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void);
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress,
const uint8_t PollValue, const uint8_t DelayMS,
const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ISPTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _ISP_TARGET_
#define _ISP_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../V2ProtocolParams.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
/** Total number of allowable ISP programming speeds supported by the device */
#define TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS 7
#define LOAD_EXTENDED_ADDRESS_CMD 0x4D
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ISPTarget_GetSPIPrescalerMask(void);
void ISPTarget_ChangeTargetResetLine(const bool ResetTarget);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitForProgComplete(const uint8_t ProgrammingMode, const uint16_t PollAddress,
const uint8_t PollValue, const uint8_t DelayMS,
const uint8_t ReadMemCommand);
uint8_t ISPTarget_WaitWhileTargetBusy(void);
void ISPTarget_LoadExtendedAddress(void);
#endif

518
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c
View file

@ -1,259 +1,259 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
#include "V2Protocol.h"
/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
uint32_t CurrentAddress;
/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current address */
bool MustSetAddress;
/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
{
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining--;
}
/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
void V2Protocol_Init(void)
{
#if defined(ADC)
/* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC);
#endif
/* Millisecond timer initialization for managing the command timeout counter */
OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 64) / 1000);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
}
/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
* This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
* appropriate function.
*/
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
{
uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Start the timeout management timer */
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
switch (V2Command)
{
case CMD_SIGN_ON:
V2Protocol_SignOn();
break;
case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
break;
case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
break;
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
break;
case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
break;
case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
break;
#endif
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
break;
case CMD_XPROG:
XPROGProtocol_Command();
break;
#endif
default:
V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
break;
}
/* Disable the timeout management timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
}
/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
* STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
/* Discard all incoming data */
while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SIGN_ON);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
* no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
*/
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
* getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
uint8_t ParamValue;
if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
}
else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
}
else
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
}
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
* global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
* to the attached device as required.
*/
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
{
Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
MustSetAddress = true;
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol handler, to process V2 Protocol commands used in Atmel programmer devices.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C
#include "V2Protocol.h"
/** Current memory address for FLASH/EEPROM memory read/write commands */
uint32_t CurrentAddress;
/** Flag to indicate that the next read/write operation must update the device's current address */
bool MustSetAddress;
/** ISR to manage timeouts whilst processing a V2Protocol command */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_NOBLOCK)
{
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining--;
}
/** Initializes the hardware and software associated with the V2 protocol command handling. */
void V2Protocol_Init(void)
{
#if defined(ADC)
/* Initialize the ADC converter for VTARGET level detection on supported AVR models */
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
ADC_SetupChannel(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL);
ADC_StartReading(VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC);
#endif
/* Millisecond timer initialization for managing the command timeout counter */
OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 64) / 1000);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues();
}
/** Master V2 Protocol packet handler, for received V2 Protocol packets from a connected host.
* This routine decodes the issued command and passes off the handling of the command to the
* appropriate function.
*/
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void)
{
uint8_t V2Command = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Start the timeout management timer */
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
switch (V2Command)
{
case CMD_SIGN_ON:
V2Protocol_SignOn();
break;
case CMD_SET_PARAMETER:
case CMD_GET_PARAMETER:
V2Protocol_GetSetParam(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS:
V2Protocol_LoadAddress();
break;
case CMD_RESET_PROTECTION:
V2Protocol_ResetProtection();
break;
#if defined(ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_EnterISPMode();
break;
case CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_LeaveISPMode();
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ProgramMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP:
case CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadMemory(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ChipErase();
break;
case CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP:
case CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP:
case CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP:
ISPProtocol_ReadFuseLockSigOSCCAL(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP:
case CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP:
ISPProtocol_WriteFuseLock(V2Command);
break;
case CMD_SPI_MULTI:
ISPProtocol_SPIMulti();
break;
#endif
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
case CMD_XPROG_SETMODE:
XPROGProtocol_SetMode();
break;
case CMD_XPROG:
XPROGProtocol_Command();
break;
#endif
default:
V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(V2Command);
break;
}
/* Disable the timeout management timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
}
/** Handler for unknown V2 protocol commands. This discards all sent data and returns a
* STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN status back to the host.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
/* Discard all incoming data */
while (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AVRISP_DATA_EPSIZE)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
}
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SIGN_ON command, returning the programmer ID string to the host. */
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_SIGN_ON);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(PROGRAMMER_ID, (sizeof(PROGRAMMER_ID) - 1), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_RESET_PROTECTION command, implemented as a dummy ACK function as
* no target short-circuit protection is currently implemented.
*/
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void)
{
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_RESET_PROTECTION);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_SET_PARAMETER and CMD_GET_PARAMETER commands from the host, setting or
* getting a device parameter's value from the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] V2Command Issued V2 Protocol command byte from the host
*/
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command)
{
uint8_t ParamID = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
uint8_t ParamValue;
if (V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER)
ParamValue = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Command);
uint8_t ParamPrivs = V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(ParamID);
if ((V2Command == CMD_SET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_WRITE))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
V2Params_SetParameterValue(ParamID, ParamValue);
}
else if ((V2Command == CMD_GET_PARAMETER) && (ParamPrivs & PARAM_PRIV_READ))
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(V2Params_GetParameterValue(ParamID));
}
else
{
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_FAILED);
}
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Handler for the CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS command, loading the given device address into a
* global storage variable for later use, and issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands
* to the attached device as required.
*/
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void)
{
Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(&CurrentAddress, sizeof(CurrentAddress), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AVRISP_DATA_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
MustSetAddress = true;
Endpoint_Write_Byte(CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS);
Endpoint_Write_Byte(STATUS_CMD_OK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}

210
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h
View file

@ -1,105 +1,105 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2Protocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y) x ## y
#define _GETADCMUXMASK(x, y) _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y)
#endif
/** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing */
#define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2"
/** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted */
#define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS 200
/** Command timeout counter register, GPIOR for speed */
#define TimeoutMSRemaining GPIOR0
/** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number */
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK _GETADCMUXMASK(ADC_CHANNEL, VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
#if !defined(WIN_AVRDUDE_COMPAT)
#define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
#else
#define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SelectEndpoint();
#endif
/* External Variables: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
extern bool MustSetAddress;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
void V2Protocol_Init(void);
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2Protocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
#include "../Descriptors.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
#include "ISP/ISPProtocol.h"
#include "XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h"
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
#define _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y) x ## y
#define _GETADCMUXMASK(x, y) _GETADCMUXMASK2(x, y)
#endif
/** Programmer ID string, returned to the host during the CMD_SIGN_ON command processing */
#define PROGRAMMER_ID "AVRISP_MK2"
/** Timeout period for each issued command from the host before it is aborted */
#define COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS 200
/** Command timeout counter register, GPIOR for speed */
#define TimeoutMSRemaining GPIOR0
/** MUX mask for the VTARGET ADC channel number */
#define VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK _GETADCMUXMASK(ADC_CHANNEL, VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL)
#if !defined(WIN_AVRDUDE_COMPAT)
#define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
#else
#define SELECT_DATA_OUT_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_SelectEndpoint();
#endif
/* External Variables: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
extern uint32_t CurrentAddress;
extern bool MustSetAddress;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if !defined(__ASSEMBLER__)
void V2Protocol_Init(void);
void V2Protocol_ProcessCommand(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_C)
static void V2Protocol_UnknownCommand(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_SignOn(void);
static void V2Protocol_GetSetParam(const uint8_t V2Command);
static void V2Protocol_ResetProtection(void);
static void V2Protocol_LoadAddress(void);
#endif
#endif
#endif

176
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h
View file

@ -1,88 +1,88 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
/* Macros: */
#define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
#define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
#define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
#define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
#define CMD_XPROG 0x50
#define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51
#define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
#define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04
#define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10
#define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
#define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
#define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
#define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
#define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1
#define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Macros for the V2 Protocol Packet Commands and Responses.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_CONSTANTS_
/* Macros: */
#define CMD_SIGN_ON 0x01
#define CMD_SET_PARAMETER 0x02
#define CMD_GET_PARAMETER 0x03
#define CMD_OSCCAL 0x05
#define CMD_LOAD_ADDRESS 0x06
#define CMD_FIRMWARE_UPGRADE 0x07
#define CMD_RESET_PROTECTION 0x0A
#define CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE_ISP 0x10
#define CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE_ISP 0x11
#define CMD_CHIP_ERASE_ISP 0x12
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FLASH_ISP 0x13
#define CMD_READ_FLASH_ISP 0x14
#define CMD_PROGRAM_EEPROM_ISP 0x15
#define CMD_READ_EEPROM_ISP 0x16
#define CMD_PROGRAM_FUSE_ISP 0x17
#define CMD_READ_FUSE_ISP 0x18
#define CMD_PROGRAM_LOCK_ISP 0x19
#define CMD_READ_LOCK_ISP 0x1A
#define CMD_READ_SIGNATURE_ISP 0x1B
#define CMD_READ_OSCCAL_ISP 0x1C
#define CMD_SPI_MULTI 0x1D
#define CMD_XPROG 0x50
#define CMD_XPROG_SETMODE 0x51
#define STATUS_CMD_OK 0x00
#define STATUS_CMD_TOUT 0x80
#define STATUS_RDY_BSY_TOUT 0x81
#define STATUS_SET_PARAM_MISSING 0x82
#define STATUS_CMD_FAILED 0xC0
#define STATUS_CMD_UNKNOWN 0xC9
#define STATUS_ISP_READY 0x00
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_MOSI 0x01
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_RST 0x02
#define STATUS_CONN_FAIL_SCK 0x04
#define STATUS_TGT_NOT_DETECTED 0x10
#define STATUS_TGT_REVERSE_INSERTED 0x20
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW 0x80
#define PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH 0x81
#define PARAM_HW_VER 0x90
#define PARAM_SW_MAJOR 0x91
#define PARAM_SW_MINOR 0x92
#define PARAM_VTARGET 0x94
#define PARAM_SCK_DURATION 0x98
#define PARAM_RESET_POLARITY 0x9E
#define PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN 0xA1
#define PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY 0xA4
#endif

364
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c
View file

@ -1,182 +1,182 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Rest_Polarity = 0x00;
/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
{
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER >> 8) },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER & 0xFF), },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x01 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x0D },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x32 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = (TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS - 1) },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
};
/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
{
/* Target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile value, retrieve current parameter value from EEPROM -
* NB: Cannot call V2Protocol_SetParameterValue() here, as that will cause another EEPROM write! */
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity);
}
/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
* VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
*/
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
{
#if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
/* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = ((5 * 10 * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
#endif
}
/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
* be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
* getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of PARAM_PRIV_* masks
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
}
/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
}
/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
* \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return;
ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
/* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
eeprom_write_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity, Value);
}
/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
* parameter ID.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
/* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
{
if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
return CurrTableItem;
CurrTableItem++;
}
return NULL;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* V2Protocol parameter handler, to process V2 Protocol device parameters.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C
#include "V2ProtocolParams.h"
/* Non-Volatile Parameter Values for EEPROM storage */
uint8_t EEMEM EEPROM_Rest_Polarity = 0x00;
/* Volatile Parameter Values for RAM storage */
static ParameterItem_t ParameterTable[] =
{
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_LOW,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER >> 8) },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_BUILD_NUMBER_HIGH,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = (LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER & 0xFF), },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_HW_VER,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MAJOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x01 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SW_MINOR,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x0D },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_VTARGET,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = 0x32 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_SCK_DURATION,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ | PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = (TOTAL_ISP_PROGRAMMING_SPEEDS - 1) },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_RESET_POLARITY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_STATUS_TGT_CONN,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_READ,
.ParamValue = STATUS_ISP_READY },
{ .ParamID = PARAM_DISCHARGEDELAY,
.ParamPrivileges = PARAM_PRIV_WRITE,
.ParamValue = 0x00 },
};
/** Loads saved non-volatile parameter values from the EEPROM into the parameter table, as needed. */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void)
{
/* Target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile value, retrieve current parameter value from EEPROM -
* NB: Cannot call V2Protocol_SetParameterValue() here, as that will cause another EEPROM write! */
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)->ParamValue = eeprom_read_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity);
}
/** Updates any parameter values that are sourced from hardware rather than explicitly set by the host, such as
* VTARGET levels from the ADC on supported AVR models.
*/
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void)
{
#if (defined(ADC) && !defined(NO_VTARGET_DETECT))
/* Update VTARGET parameter with the latest ADC conversion of VTARGET on supported AVR models */
V2Params_GetParamFromTable(PARAM_VTARGET)->ParamValue = ((5 * 10 * ADC_GetResult()) / 1024);
#endif
}
/** Retrieves the host PC read/write privileges for a given parameter in the parameter table. This should
* be called before calls to \ref V2Params_GetParameterValue() or \ref V2Params_SetParameterValue() when
* getting or setting parameter values in response to requests from the host.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose privileges are to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Privileges for the requested parameter, as a mask of PARAM_PRIV_* masks
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamPrivileges;
}
/** Retrieves the current value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be retrieved from the table
*
* \return Current value of the parameter in the table, or 0 if not found
*/
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return 0;
return ParamInfo->ParamValue;
}
/** Sets the value for a given parameter in the parameter table.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID whose value is to be set in the table
* \param[in] Value New value to set the parameter to
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value)
{
ParameterItem_t* ParamInfo = V2Params_GetParamFromTable(ParamID);
if (ParamInfo == NULL)
return;
ParamInfo->ParamValue = Value;
/* The target RESET line polarity is a non-volatile parameter, save to EEPROM when changed */
if (ParamID == PARAM_RESET_POLARITY)
eeprom_write_byte(&EEPROM_Rest_Polarity, Value);
}
/** Retrieves a parameter entry (including ID, value and privileges) from the parameter table that matches the given
* parameter ID.
*
* \param[in] ParamID Parameter ID to find in the table
*
* \return Pointer to the associated parameter information from the parameter table if found, NULL otherwise
*/
static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID)
{
ParameterItem_t* CurrTableItem = ParameterTable;
/* Find the parameter in the parameter table if present */
for (uint8_t TableIndex = 0; TableIndex < TABLE_PARAM_COUNT; TableIndex++)
{
if (ParamID == CurrTableItem->ParamID)
return CurrTableItem;
CurrTableItem++;
}
return NULL;
}

170
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h
View file

@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "V2Protocol.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value */
#define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value */
#define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1)
/** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
#define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
typedef struct
{
const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
} ParameterItem_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for V2ProtocolParams.c.
*/
#ifndef _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
#define _V2_PROTOCOL_PARAMS_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/eeprom.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#if defined(ADC)
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#endif
#include "V2Protocol.h"
#include "V2ProtocolConstants.h"
#include "ISP/ISPTarget.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to read the parameter's value */
#define PARAM_PRIV_READ (1 << 0)
/** Parameter privilege mask to allow the host PC to change the parameter's value */
#define PARAM_PRIV_WRITE (1 << 1)
/** Total number of parameters in the parameter table */
#define TABLE_PARAM_COUNT (sizeof(ParameterTable) / sizeof(ParameterTable[0]))
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a parameter table entry indicating a PC readable or writable device parameter. */
typedef struct
{
const uint8_t ParamID; /**< Parameter ID number to uniquely identify the parameter within the device */
const uint8_t ParamPrivileges; /**< Parameter privileges to allow the host to read or write the parameter's value */
uint8_t ParamValue; /**< Current parameter's value within the device */
} ParameterItem_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void V2Params_LoadNonVolatileParamValues(void);
void V2Params_UpdateParamValues(void);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterPrivileges(const uint8_t ParamID);
uint8_t V2Params_GetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID);
void V2Params_SetParameterValue(const uint8_t ParamID, const uint8_t Value);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_V2PROTOCOL_PARAMS_C)
static ParameterItem_t* V2Params_GetParamFromTable(const uint8_t ParamID);
#endif
#endif

476
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c
View file

@ -1,238 +1,238 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
#include "TINYNVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
}
/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
}
/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS | TPI_STATUS_REG);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
/* Send the address of the location to read from */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Read the byte of data from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
}
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
if (WriteLength & 0x01)
WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
/* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory reading */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
/* Send the address of the location to write to */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
while (WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Write the low byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Write the high byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we read out a whole word */
WriteLength -= 2;
}
return true;
}
/** Erases the target's memory space.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the TINY target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C
#include "TINYNVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given pointer address to the target's TPI pointer register */
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 16-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 0);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SSTPR | 1);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
}
/** Sends a SIN command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be written.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to write to in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SIN | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
}
/** Sends a SOUT command to the target with the specified I/O address, ready for the data byte to be read.
*
* \param[in] Address 6-bit I/O address to read from in the target's I/O memory space
*/
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address)
{
/* The TPI command for reading from the I/O space uses strange addressing, where the I/O address's upper
* two bits of the 6-bit address are shifted left once */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SOUT | ((Address & 0x30) << 1) | (Address & 0x0F));
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the SLDCS command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLDCS | TPI_STATUS_REG);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & TPI_STATUS_NVM)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the SIN command to read the TPI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is busy */
TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Length of the data to read from the device
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the NO OP command for memory reading */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP);
/* Send the address of the location to read from */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(ReadAddress);
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Read the byte of data from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SLD | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
}
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Writes word addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteLength Total number of bytes to write to the device (must be an integer multiple of 2)
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Must have an integer number of words to write - if extra byte, word-align via a dummy high byte */
if (WriteLength & 0x01)
WriteBuffer[WriteLength++] = 0xFF;
/* Set the NVM control register to the WORD WRITE command for memory reading */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE);
/* Send the address of the location to write to */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(WriteAddress);
while (WriteLength)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Write the low byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Write the high byte of data to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
/* Need to decrement the write length twice, since we read out a whole word */
WriteLength -= 2;
}
return true;
}
/** Erases the target's memory space.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM control register to the target memory erase command */
TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Write to a high byte location within the target address space to start the erase process */
TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(Address | 0x0001);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(TPI_CMD_SST | TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif

154
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h
View file

@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for TINYNVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
#define _TINY_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadLength);
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength);
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C)
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for TINYNVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _TINY_NVM_
#define _TINY_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x10
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_SECTIONERASE 0x14
#define TINY_NVM_CMD_WORDWRITE 0x1D
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool TINYNVM_ReadMemory(const uint16_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadLength);
bool TINYNVM_WriteMemory(const uint16_t WriteAddress, uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteLength);
bool TINYNVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint16_t Address);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TINYNVM_C)
static void TINYNVM_SendReadNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendWriteNVMRegister(const uint8_t Address);
static void TINYNVM_SendPointerAddress(const uint16_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif

712
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c
View file

@ -1,356 +1,356 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
*
* \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[2]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[3]);
}
/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
*
* \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
{
/* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
/* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
* calculation.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS | PDI_STATUS_REG);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send a LDS command to read the NVM STATUS register to check the BUSY flag */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
*
* \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target
* \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
/* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH - 1);
/* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH; i++)
((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
/* Send a LD command with indirect access and postincrement to read out the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
* \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
/* Send new memory byte to the memory to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
return true;
}
/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
* \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
* \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
* \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize)
{
if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
}
if (WriteSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
/* Send a ST command with indirect access and postincrement to write the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
while (WriteSize--)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
}
if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
/* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
return true;
}
/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Chip erase is handled separately, since it's procedure is different to other erase types */
if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
{
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the chip erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the XMEGA target's NVM module.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGA_NVM_C
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Sends the given 32-bit absolute address to the target.
*
* \param[in] AbsoluteAddress Absolute address to send to the target
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress)
{
/* Send the given 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[0]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[1]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[2]);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(((uint8_t*)&AbsoluteAddress)[3]);
}
/** Sends the given NVM register address to the target.
*
* \param[in] Register NVM register whose absolute address is to be sent
*/
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register)
{
/* Determine the absolute register address from the NVM base memory address and the NVM register address */
uint32_t Address = XPROG_Param_NVMBase | Register;
/* Send the calculated 32-bit address to the target, LSB first */
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
}
/** Busy-waits while the NVM controller is busy performing a NVM operation, such as a FLASH page read or CRC
* calculation.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the STATUS register to check to see if NVM access has been enabled */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send the LDCS command to read the PDI STATUS register to see the NVM bus is active */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDCS | PDI_STATUS_REG);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check the status register read response to see if the NVM bus is enabled */
if (StatusRegister & PDI_STATUS_NVM)
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Waits while the target's NVM controller is busy performing an operation, exiting if the
* timeout period expires.
*
* \return Boolean true if the NVM controller became ready within the timeout period, false otherwise
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void)
{
/* Poll the NVM STATUS register while the NVM controller is busy */
while (TimeoutMSRemaining)
{
/* Send a LDS command to read the NVM STATUS register to check the BUSY flag */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LDS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS);
uint8_t StatusRegister = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
/* We might have timed out waiting for the status register read response, check here */
if (!(TimeoutMSRemaining))
return false;
/* Check to see if the BUSY flag is still set */
if (!(StatusRegister & (1 << 7)))
{
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/** Retrieves the CRC value of the given memory space.
*
* \param[in] CRCCommand NVM CRC command to issue to the target
* \param[out] CRCDest CRC Destination when read from the target
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Set the NVM command to the correct CRC read command */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(CRCCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the CRC generation */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the DAT0 register start address */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0);
/* Send the REPEAT command to grab the CRC bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH - 1);
/* Read in the CRC bytes from the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH; i++)
((uint8_t*)CRCDest)[i] = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Reads memory from the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] ReadAddress Start address to read from within the target's address space
* \param[out] ReadBuffer Buffer to store read data into
* \param[in] ReadSize Number of bytes to read
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the READNVM command to the NVM controller for reading of an arbitrary location */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to read from */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(ReadAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to read */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(ReadSize - 1);
/* Send a LD command with indirect access and postincrement to read out the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_LD | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
while (ReadSize-- && TimeoutMSRemaining)
*(ReadBuffer++) = XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte();
return (TimeoutMSRemaining != 0);
}
/** Writes byte addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteCommand Command to send to the device to write each memory byte
* \param[in] WriteAddress Address to write to within the target's address space
* \param[in] Byte Byte to write to the target
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteCommand);
/* Send new memory byte to the memory to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(Byte);
return true;
}
/** Writes page addressed memory to the target's memory spaces.
*
* \param[in] WriteBuffCommand Command to send to the device to write a byte to the memory page buffer
* \param[in] EraseBuffCommand Command to send to the device to erase the memory page buffer
* \param[in] WritePageCommand Command to send to the device to write the page buffer to the destination memory
* \param[in] PageMode Bitfield indicating what operations need to be executed on the specified page
* \param[in] WriteAddress Start address to write the page data to within the target's address space
* \param[in] WriteBuffer Buffer to source data from
* \param[in] WriteSize Number of bytes to write
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize)
{
if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseBuffCommand);
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the buffer erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
}
if (WriteSize)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory buffer write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteBuffCommand);
/* Load the PDI pointer register with the start address we want to write to */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_DIRECT << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES);
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
/* Send the REPEAT command with the specified number of bytes to write */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_REPEAT | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WriteSize - 1);
/* Send a ST command with indirect access and postincrement to write the bytes */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_ST | (PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI << 2) | PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE);
while (WriteSize--)
XPROGTarget_SendByte(*(WriteBuffer++));
}
if (PageMode & XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory write command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(WritePageCommand);
/* Send the address of the first page location to write the memory page */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(WriteAddress);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
return true;
}
/** Erases a specific memory space of the target.
*
* \param[in] EraseCommand NVM erase command to send to the device
* \param[in] Address Address inside the memory space to erase
*
* \return Boolean true if the command sequence complete successfully
*/
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address)
{
/* Wait until the NVM controller is no longer busy */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy()))
return false;
/* Send the memory erase command to the target */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(EraseCommand);
/* Chip erase is handled separately, since it's procedure is different to other erase types */
if (EraseCommand == XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE)
{
/* Set CMDEX bit in NVM CTRLA register to start the chip erase */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Other erase modes just need us to address a byte within the target memory space */
XPROGTarget_SendByte(PDI_CMD_STS | (PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES << 2));
XMEGANVM_SendAddress(Address);
XPROGTarget_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Wait until the NVM bus is ready again */
if (!(XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy()))
return false;
return true;
}
#endif

248
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h
View file

@ -1,124 +1,124 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
#define _XMEGA_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH 3
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest);
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize);
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte);
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize);
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XMEGANVM.c.
*/
#ifndef _XMEGA_NVM_
#define _XMEGA_NVM_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Defines: */
#define XMEGA_CRC_LENGTH 3
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR0 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR1 0x01
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_ADDR2 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT0 0x04
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT1 0x05
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_DAT2 0x06
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CMD 0x0A
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLA 0x0B
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_CTRLB 0x0C
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_INTCTRL 0x0D
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_STATUS 0x0F
#define XMEGA_NVM_REG_LOCKBITS 0x10
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_NOOP 0x00
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_CHIPERASE 0x40
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READNVM 0x43
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x23
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGEBUFF 0x26
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEFLASHPAGE 0x2B
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFLASHPAGE 0x2E
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEFLASH 0x2F
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_FLASHCRC 0x78
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSEC 0x20
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEAPPSECPAGE 0x22
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x24
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEAPPSECPAGE 0x25
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_APPCRC 0x38
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSEC 0x68
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEBOOTSECPAGE 0x2D
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_BOOTCRC 0x39
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READUSERSIG 0x03
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEUSERSIG 0x18
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEUSERSIG 0x1A
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READCALIBRATION 0x02
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READFUSE 0x07
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEFUSE 0x4C
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITELOCK 0x08
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_LOADEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x33
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGEBUFF 0x36
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROM 0x30
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEEEPROMPAGE 0x32
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_WRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x34
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_ERASEWRITEEEPROMPAGE 0x35
#define XMEGA_NVM_CMD_READEEPROM 0x06
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_WaitWhileNVMControllerBusy(void);
bool XMEGANVM_GetMemoryCRC(const uint8_t CRCCommand, uint32_t* const CRCDest);
bool XMEGANVM_ReadMemory(const uint32_t ReadAddress, uint8_t* ReadBuffer, uint16_t ReadSize);
bool XMEGANVM_WriteByteMemory(const uint8_t WriteCommand, const uint32_t WriteAddress, const uint8_t Byte);
bool XMEGANVM_WritePageMemory(const uint8_t WriteBuffCommand, const uint8_t EraseBuffCommand,
const uint8_t WritePageCommand, const uint8_t PageMode, const uint32_t WriteAddress,
const uint8_t* WriteBuffer, uint16_t WriteSize);
bool XMEGANVM_EraseMemory(const uint8_t EraseCommand, const uint32_t Address);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XMEGANVM_C)
static void XMEGANVM_SendNVMRegAddress(const uint8_t Register);
static void XMEGANVM_SendAddress(const uint32_t AbsoluteAddress);
#endif
#endif

1028
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

264
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h
View file

@ -1,132 +1,132 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#include "TINYNVM.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#define XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01
#define XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02
#define XPRG_CMD_ERASE 0x03
#define XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04
#define XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05
#define XPRG_CMD_CRC 0x06
#define XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7
#define XPRG_ERASE_CHIP 1
#define XPRG_ERASE_APP 2
#define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT 3
#define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM 4
#define XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5
#define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6
#define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7
#define XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG 8
#define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0
#define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1
#define XPRG_CRC_APP 1
#define XPRG_CRC_BOOT 2
#define XPRG_CRC_FLASH 3
#define XPRG_ERR_OK 0
#define XPRG_ERR_FAILED 1
#define XPRG_ERR_COLLISION 2
#define XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01
#define XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1)
#define XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0)
/* External Variables: */
extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
extern uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C)
static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGProtocol.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
#define _XPROG_PROTOCOL_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#include "XMEGANVM.h"
#include "TINYNVM.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/* Macros: */
#define XPRG_CMD_ENTER_PROGMODE 0x01
#define XPRG_CMD_LEAVE_PROGMODE 0x02
#define XPRG_CMD_ERASE 0x03
#define XPRG_CMD_WRITE_MEM 0x04
#define XPRG_CMD_READ_MEM 0x05
#define XPRG_CMD_CRC 0x06
#define XPRG_CMD_SET_PARAM 0x07
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_APPL 1
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_BOOT 2
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_EEPROM 3
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FUSE 4
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_LOCKBITS 5
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_USERSIG 6
#define XPRG_MEM_TYPE_FACTORY_CALIBRATION 7
#define XPRG_ERASE_CHIP 1
#define XPRG_ERASE_APP 2
#define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT 3
#define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM 4
#define XPRG_ERASE_APP_PAGE 5
#define XPRG_ERASE_BOOT_PAGE 6
#define XPRG_ERASE_EEPROM_PAGE 7
#define XPRG_ERASE_USERSIG 8
#define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_ERASE 0
#define XPRG_MEM_WRITE_WRITE 1
#define XPRG_CRC_APP 1
#define XPRG_CRC_BOOT 2
#define XPRG_CRC_FLASH 3
#define XPRG_ERR_OK 0
#define XPRG_ERR_FAILED 1
#define XPRG_ERR_COLLISION 2
#define XPRG_ERR_TIMEOUT 3
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMBASE 0x01
#define XPRG_PARAM_EEPPAGESIZE 0x02
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCMD_REG 0x03 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PARAM_NVMCSR_REG 0x04 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_PDI 0x00
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_JTAG 0x01
#define XPRG_PROTOCOL_TPI 0x02 /* Undocumented, Reverse-engineered */
#define XPRG_PAGEMODE_WRITE (1 << 1)
#define XPRG_PAGEMODE_ERASE (1 << 0)
/* External Variables: */
extern uint32_t XPROG_Param_NVMBase;
extern uint16_t XPROG_Param_EEPageSize;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCSRRegAddr;
extern uint8_t XPROG_Param_NVMCMDRegAddr;
extern uint8_t XPROG_SelectedProtocol;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGProtocol_SetMode(void);
void XPROGProtocol_Command(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGPROTOCOL_C)
static void XPROGProtocol_EnterXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_LeaveXPROGMode(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_SetParam(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_Erase(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_WriteMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadMemory(void);
static void XPROGProtocol_ReadCRC(void);
#endif
#endif

442
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c
View file

@ -1,221 +1,221 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
volatile bool IsSending;
/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
_delay_us(1);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
}
/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
_delay_us(1);
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for TINY communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
}
/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Tristate all pins */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
}
/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Set all USART lines as input, tristate */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
/* Tristate target /RESET line */
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Sends a byte via the USART.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART
*/
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UDR1 = Byte;
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
}
/** Receives a byte via the software USART, blocking until data is received.
*
* \return Received byte from the USART
*/
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
if (IsSending)
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return UDR1;
}
/** Sends a BREAK via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send a BREAK */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
}
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
DDRD |= (1 << 3);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1);
IsSending = true;
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
IsSending = true;
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
{
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
IsSending = false;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Target-related functions for the PDI Protocol decoder.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C
#include "XPROGTarget.h"
#if defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Flag to indicate if the USART is currently in Tx or Rx mode. */
volatile bool IsSending;
/** Enables the target's PDI interface, holding the target in reset until PDI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set DATA line high for at least 90ns to disable /RESET functionality */
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
_delay_us(1);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for XMEGA communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable PDI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
}
/** Enables the target's TPI interface, holding the target in reset until TPI mode is exited. */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void)
{
IsSending = false;
/* Set /RESET line low for at least 400ns to enable TPI functionality */
AUX_LINE_DDR |= AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
_delay_us(1);
/* Set Tx and XCK as outputs, Rx as input */
DDRD |= (1 << 5) | (1 << 3);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 2);
/* Set up the synchronous USART for TINY communications - 8 data bits, even parity, 2 stop bits */
UBRR1 = (F_CPU / XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED);
UCSR1B = (1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1C = (1 << UMSEL10) | (1 << UPM11) | (1 << USBS1) | (1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10) | (1 << UCPOL1);
/* Send two BREAKs of 12 bits each to enable TPI interface (need at least 16 idle bits) */
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
XPROGTarget_SendBreak();
}
/** Disables the target's PDI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A = ((1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1));
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Tristate all pins */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
}
/** Disables the target's TPI interface, exits programming mode and starts the target's application. */
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode to ensure that all pending transmissions are complete */
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Turn off receiver and transmitter of the USART, clear settings */
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1) | (1 << RXC1);
UCSR1B = 0;
UCSR1C = 0;
/* Set all USART lines as input, tristate */
DDRD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3));
PORTD &= ~((1 << 5) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 2));
/* Tristate target /RESET line */
AUX_LINE_DDR &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
AUX_LINE_PORT &= ~AUX_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Sends a byte via the USART.
*
* \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the USART
*/
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Wait until there is space in the hardware Tx buffer before writing */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UDR1 = Byte;
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
}
/** Receives a byte via the software USART, blocking until data is received.
*
* \return Received byte from the USART
*/
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void)
{
/* Switch to Rx mode if currently in Tx mode */
if (IsSending)
XPROGTarget_SetRxMode();
/* Wait until a byte has been received before reading */
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) && TimeoutMSRemaining);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
return UDR1;
}
/** Sends a BREAK via the USART to the attached target, consisting of a full frame of idle bits. */
void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void)
{
/* Switch to Tx mode if currently in Rx mode */
if (!(IsSending))
XPROGTarget_SetTxMode();
/* Need to do nothing for a full frame to send a BREAK */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < BITS_IN_USART_FRAME; i++)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
}
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void)
{
/* Wait for a full cycle of the clock */
while (PIND & (1 << 5));
while (!(PIND & (1 << 5)));
PORTD |= (1 << 3);
DDRD |= (1 << 3);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << RXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << TXEN1);
IsSending = true;
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
IsSending = true;
}
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void)
{
while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
UCSR1A |= (1 << TXC1);
UCSR1B &= ~(1 << TXEN1);
UCSR1B |= (1 << RXEN1);
DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
PORTD &= ~(1 << 3);
if (TimeoutMSRemaining)
TimeoutMSRemaining = COMMAND_TIMEOUT_MS;
IsSending = false;
}
#endif

252
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h
View file

@ -1,126 +1,126 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
#define _XPROG_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used */
#define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 1000000
/** Total number of bits in a single USART frame */
#define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12
#define PDI_CMD_LDS 0x00
#define PDI_CMD_LD 0x20
#define PDI_CMD_STS 0x40
#define PDI_CMD_ST 0x60
#define PDI_CMD_LDCS 0x80
#define PDI_CMD_REPEAT 0xA0
#define PDI_CMD_STCS 0xC0
#define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0
#define PDI_STATUS_REG 0
#define PDI_RESET_REG 1
#define PDI_CTRL_REG 2
#define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59
#define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE 0
#define PDI_DATSIZE_2BYTES 1
#define PDI_DATSIZE_3BYTES 2
#define PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES 3
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1
#define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2
#define TPI_CMD_SLD 0x20
#define TPI_CMD_SST 0x60
#define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68
#define TPI_CMD_SIN 0x10
#define TPI_CMD_SOUT 0x90
#define TPI_CMD_SLDCS 0x80
#define TPI_CMD_SSTCS 0xC0
#define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0
#define TPI_STATUS_REG 0x00
#define TPI_CTRL_REG 0x02
#define TPI_ID_REG 0x0F
#define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void);
bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C)
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for XPROGTarget.c.
*/
#ifndef _XPROG_TARGET_
#define _XPROG_TARGET_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include "../V2Protocol.h"
#include "XPROGProtocol.h"
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
#undef ENABLE_ISP_PROTOCOL
#if !defined(ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL)
#define ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL
#endif
#endif
/** Serial carrier TPI/PDI speed when hardware TPI/PDI mode is used */
#define XPROG_HARDWARE_SPEED 1000000
/** Total number of bits in a single USART frame */
#define BITS_IN_USART_FRAME 12
#define PDI_CMD_LDS 0x00
#define PDI_CMD_LD 0x20
#define PDI_CMD_STS 0x40
#define PDI_CMD_ST 0x60
#define PDI_CMD_LDCS 0x80
#define PDI_CMD_REPEAT 0xA0
#define PDI_CMD_STCS 0xC0
#define PDI_CMD_KEY 0xE0
#define PDI_STATUS_REG 0
#define PDI_RESET_REG 1
#define PDI_CTRL_REG 2
#define PDI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define PDI_RESET_KEY 0x59
#define PDI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define PDI_DATSIZE_1BYTE 0
#define PDI_DATSIZE_2BYTES 1
#define PDI_DATSIZE_3BYTES 2
#define PDI_DATSIZE_4BYTES 3
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define PDI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 1
#define PDI_POINTER_DIRECT 2
#define TPI_CMD_SLD 0x20
#define TPI_CMD_SST 0x60
#define TPI_CMD_SSTPR 0x68
#define TPI_CMD_SIN 0x10
#define TPI_CMD_SOUT 0x90
#define TPI_CMD_SLDCS 0x80
#define TPI_CMD_SSTCS 0xC0
#define TPI_CMD_SKEY 0xE0
#define TPI_STATUS_REG 0x00
#define TPI_CTRL_REG 0x02
#define TPI_ID_REG 0x0F
#define TPI_STATUS_NVM (1 << 1)
#define TPI_NVMENABLE_KEY (uint8_t[]){0x12, 0x89, 0xAB, 0x45, 0xCD, 0xD8, 0x88, 0xFF}
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT 0
#define TPI_POINTER_INDIRECT_PI 4
/* Function Prototypes: */
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_EnableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetPDI(void);
void XPROGTarget_DisableTargetTPI(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
uint8_t XPROGTarget_ReceiveByte(void);
void XPROGTarget_SendBreak(void);
bool XPROGTarget_WaitWhileNVMBusBusy(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_XPROGTARGET_C)
static void XPROGTarget_SetTxMode(void);
static void XPROGTarget_SetRxMode(void);
#endif
#endif

1506
Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

210
Projects/Benito/Benito Programmer.inf
View file

@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2060
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"

528
Projects/Benito/Benito.c
View file

@ -1,264 +1,264 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Benito.h"
/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
RingBuff_t Tx_Buffer;
/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
volatile struct
{
uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */
uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
} PulseMSRemaining;
/** Previous state of the virtual DTR control line from the host */
bool PreviousDTRState = false;
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
Buffer_Initialize(&Tx_Buffer);
sei();
for (;;)
{
/* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface) > 0)
{
Serial_TxByte(CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface));
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */
while (Tx_Buffer.Elements > 0)
{
CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, Buffer_GetElement(&Tx_Buffer));
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */
if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
{
/* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */
if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse))
{
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */
if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse))
{
LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
/* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
/* Clear the millisecond timer CTC flag (cleared by writing logic one to the register) */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
}
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Hardware Initialization */
Serial_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
/* Tristate target /RESET Line */
AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
{
case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
break;
case CDC_PARITY_Even:
ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
break;
}
if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
{
case 6:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
break;
case 7:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
break;
case 8:
ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
break;
}
UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
}
/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
* for later transmission to the host.
*/
ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CurrentDTRState = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
/* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */
if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS;
}
PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Benito project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Benito.h"
/** Circular buffer to hold data from the serial port before it is sent to the host. */
RingBuff_t Tx_Buffer;
/** Pulse generation counters to keep track of the number of milliseconds remaining for each pulse type */
volatile struct
{
uint8_t ResetPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for target /RESET pulse */
uint8_t TxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Tx LED pulse */
uint8_t RxLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for data Rx LED pulse */
uint8_t PingPongLEDPulse; /**< Milliseconds remaining for enumeration Tx/Rx ping-pong LED pulse */
} PulseMSRemaining;
/** Previous state of the virtual DTR control line from the host */
bool PreviousDTRState = false;
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
Buffer_Initialize(&Tx_Buffer);
sei();
for (;;)
{
/* Echo bytes from the host to the target via the hardware USART */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface) > 0)
{
Serial_TxByte(CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface));
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Echo bytes from the target to the host via the virtual serial port */
while (Tx_Buffer.Elements > 0)
{
CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, Buffer_GetElement(&Tx_Buffer));
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse = TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Check if the millisecond timer has elapsed */
if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
{
/* Check if the reset pulse period has elapsed, if so tristate the target reset line */
if (PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse))
{
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/* Check if the LEDs should be ping-ponging (during enumeration) */
if (PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse))
{
LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDMASK_TX | LEDMASK_RX);
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
}
/* Turn off TX LED(s) once the TX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.TxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
/* Turn off RX LED(s) once the RX pulse period has elapsed */
if (PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse && !(--PulseMSRemaining.RxLEDPulse))
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDMASK_RX);
/* Clear the millisecond timer CTC flag (cleared by writing logic one to the register) */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
}
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Hardware Initialization */
Serial_Init(9600, false);
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Millisecond Timer Interrupt */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 64 / 1000);
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
/* Tristate target /RESET Line */
AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR &= ~AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_TX);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
PulseMSRemaining.PingPongLEDPulse = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t ConfigMask = 0;
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType)
{
case CDC_PARITY_Odd:
ConfigMask = ((1 << UPM11) | (1 << UPM10));
break;
case CDC_PARITY_Even:
ConfigMask = (1 << UPM11);
break;
}
if (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat == CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits)
ConfigMask |= (1 << USBS1);
switch (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits)
{
case 6:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ10);
break;
case 7:
ConfigMask |= (1 << UCSZ11);
break;
case 8:
ConfigMask |= ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
break;
}
UCSR1A = (1 << U2X1);
UCSR1B = ((1 << RXCIE1) | (1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
UCSR1C = ConfigMask;
UBRR1 = SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
}
/** ISR to manage the reception of data from the serial port, placing received bytes into a circular buffer
* for later transmission to the host.
*/
ISR(USART1_RX_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t ReceivedByte = UDR1;
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
Buffer_StoreElement(&Tx_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
}
/** Event handler for the CDC Class driver Host-to-Device Line Encoding Changed event.
*
* \param[in] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to the CDC class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CurrentDTRState = (CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice & CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
/* Check if the DTR line has been asserted - if so, start the target AVR's reset pulse */
if (!(PreviousDTRState) && CurrentDTRState)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_BUSY);
AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR |= AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK;
PulseMSRemaining.ResetPulse = AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS;
}
PreviousDTRState = CurrentDTRState;
}

154
Projects/Benito/Benito.h
View file

@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Benito.c.
*/
#ifndef _BENITO_H_
#define _BENITO_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/RingBuff.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Benito.c.
*/
#ifndef _BENITO_H_
#define _BENITO_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/RingBuff.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate TX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_TX LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate RX activity. */
#define LEDMASK_RX LEDS_LED2
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_BUSY (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo);
#endif

200
Projects/Benito/Benito.txt
View file

@ -1,100 +1,100 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
* Arduino Bootloader Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This
* project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse
* to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin.
*
* This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs.
*
* After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located
* in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
* its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
* automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-poning between toggles.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Benito Arduino Programmer Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
* Arduino Bootloader Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a USB AVR powered programmer for Arduino boards using the official Arduino bootloader. This
* project acts like a regular USB to Serial bridge, except that asserting the DTR line will cause a pulse
* to appear on a given port pin, to control the target's /RESET pin.
*
* This is primarily designed to fit the Benito board from www.dorkbotpdx.org, but will suit all USB AVRs.
*
* After running this project for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF file located
* in this project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows. This will enable Windows to use
* its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other Operating Systems should
* automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the PORT register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the DDR register of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_LINE_MASK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Indicates the mask of the pin used to generate the target /RESET line pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AVR_RESET_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the target /RESET pulse.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TX_RX_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the activity Tx/Rx LEDs.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>PING_PONG_LED_PULSE_MS</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Pulse length in milliseconds for the enumeration LED ping-poning between toggles.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

510
Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,255 +1,255 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2060,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union=
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(25), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Benito Arduino Programmer"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2060,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union=
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(25), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Benito Arduino Programmer"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

166
Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

3128
Projects/Benito/Doxygen.conf
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

240
Projects/Benito/Lib/RingBuff.c
View file

@ -1,120 +1,120 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "RingBuff.h"
void Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
Buffer->InPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
Buffer->Elements = 0;
}
}
void Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data)
{
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_DROPOLD)
if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH)
{
Buffer->OutPtr++;
if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
else
{
Buffer->Elements++;
}
#elif defined(BUFF_DROPNEW)
if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH)
return;
Buffer->Elements++;
#elif defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK)
Buffer->Elements++;
#endif
*(Buffer->InPtr) = Data;
Buffer->InPtr++;
if (Buffer->InPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->InPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
}
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
RingBuff_Data_t BuffData;
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO)
if (!(Buffer->Elements))
return 0;
#elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK)
#error No empty buffer check behavior specified.
#endif
BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr);
Buffer->OutPtr++;
Buffer->Elements--;
if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
return BuffData;
}
#if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK)
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
RingBuff_Data_t BuffData;
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO)
if (!(Buffer->Elements))
return 0;
#elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK)
#error No empty buffer check behavior specified.
#endif
BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr);
}
return BuffData;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "RingBuff.h"
void Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
Buffer->InPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
Buffer->Elements = 0;
}
}
void Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data)
{
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_DROPOLD)
if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH)
{
Buffer->OutPtr++;
if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
else
{
Buffer->Elements++;
}
#elif defined(BUFF_DROPNEW)
if (Buffer->Elements == BUFF_LENGTH)
return;
Buffer->Elements++;
#elif defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK)
Buffer->Elements++;
#endif
*(Buffer->InPtr) = Data;
Buffer->InPtr++;
if (Buffer->InPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->InPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
}
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
RingBuff_Data_t BuffData;
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO)
if (!(Buffer->Elements))
return 0;
#elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK)
#error No empty buffer check behavior specified.
#endif
BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr);
Buffer->OutPtr++;
Buffer->Elements--;
if (Buffer->OutPtr == &Buffer->Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH])
Buffer->OutPtr = (RingBuff_Data_t*)&Buffer->Buffer;
}
return BuffData;
}
#if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK)
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* const Buffer)
{
RingBuff_Data_t BuffData;
BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
{
#if defined(BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO)
if (!(Buffer->Elements))
return 0;
#elif !defined(BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK)
#error No empty buffer check behavior specified.
#endif
BuffData = *(Buffer->OutPtr);
}
return BuffData;
}
#endif

232
Projects/Benito/Lib/RingBuff.h
View file

@ -1,116 +1,116 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/* Buffer Configuration: */
/* Buffer length - select static size of created ring buffers: */
#define BUFF_STATICSIZE 128 // Set to the static ring buffer size for all ring buffers (place size after define)
/* Volatile mode - uncomment to make buffers volatile, for use in ISRs, etc: */
#define BUFF_VOLATILE // Uncomment to cause all ring buffers to become volatile (and atomic if multi-byte) in access
/* Drop mode - select behaviour when Buffer_StoreElement called on a full buffer: */
#define BUFF_DROPOLD // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the oldest character to make space when full
// #define BUFF_DROPNEW // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the new character when full
// #define BUFF_NODROPCHECK // Uncomment to ignore full ring buffer checks - checking left to user!
/* Underflow behaviour - select behaviour when Buffer_GetElement is called with an empty ring buffer: */
//#define BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO // Uncomment to return 0 when an empty ring buffer is read
#define BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK // Uncomment to disable checking of empty ring buffers - checking left to user!
/* Buffer storage type - set the datatype for the stored data */
#define BUFF_DATATYPE uint8_t // Change to the data type that is going to be stored into the buffer
/* Peek routine - uncomment to include the peek routine (fetches next byte without removing it from the buffer */
//#define BUFF_USEPEEK
#ifndef _RINGBUFF_H_
#define _RINGBUFF_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <util/atomic.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Defines and checks: */
#if defined(BUFF_STATICSIZE)
#define BUFF_LENGTH BUFF_STATICSIZE
#else
#error No buffer length specified!
#endif
#if !(defined(BUFF_DROPOLD) || defined(BUFF_DROPNEW) || defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK))
#error No buffer drop mode specified.
#endif
#if !defined(BUFF_DATATYPE)
#error Ringbuffer storage data type not specified.
#endif
#if defined(BUFF_VOLATILE)
#define BUFF_MODE volatile
#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE)
#else
#define BUFF_MODE
#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
#endif
#if (BUFF_STATICSIZE > LONG_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint64_t
#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > INT_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint32_t
#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > CHAR_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint16_t
#else
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint8_t
#endif
/* Type Defines: */
typedef BUFF_DATATYPE RingBuff_Data_t;
typedef BUFF_MODE struct
{
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH];
RingBuff_Data_t* InPtr;
RingBuff_Data_t* OutPtr;
RingBuff_Elements_t Elements;
} RingBuff_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* const Buff);
void Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data);
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer);
#if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK)
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* const Buffer);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/* Buffer Configuration: */
/* Buffer length - select static size of created ring buffers: */
#define BUFF_STATICSIZE 128 // Set to the static ring buffer size for all ring buffers (place size after define)
/* Volatile mode - uncomment to make buffers volatile, for use in ISRs, etc: */
#define BUFF_VOLATILE // Uncomment to cause all ring buffers to become volatile (and atomic if multi-byte) in access
/* Drop mode - select behaviour when Buffer_StoreElement called on a full buffer: */
#define BUFF_DROPOLD // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the oldest character to make space when full
// #define BUFF_DROPNEW // Uncomment to cause full ring buffers to drop the new character when full
// #define BUFF_NODROPCHECK // Uncomment to ignore full ring buffer checks - checking left to user!
/* Underflow behaviour - select behaviour when Buffer_GetElement is called with an empty ring buffer: */
//#define BUFF_EMPTYRETURNSZERO // Uncomment to return 0 when an empty ring buffer is read
#define BUFF_NOEMPTYCHECK // Uncomment to disable checking of empty ring buffers - checking left to user!
/* Buffer storage type - set the datatype for the stored data */
#define BUFF_DATATYPE uint8_t // Change to the data type that is going to be stored into the buffer
/* Peek routine - uncomment to include the peek routine (fetches next byte without removing it from the buffer */
//#define BUFF_USEPEEK
#ifndef _RINGBUFF_H_
#define _RINGBUFF_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <util/atomic.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Defines and checks: */
#if defined(BUFF_STATICSIZE)
#define BUFF_LENGTH BUFF_STATICSIZE
#else
#error No buffer length specified!
#endif
#if !(defined(BUFF_DROPOLD) || defined(BUFF_DROPNEW) || defined(BUFF_NODROPCHECK))
#error No buffer drop mode specified.
#endif
#if !defined(BUFF_DATATYPE)
#error Ringbuffer storage data type not specified.
#endif
#if defined(BUFF_VOLATILE)
#define BUFF_MODE volatile
#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK ATOMIC_BLOCK(ATOMIC_RESTORESTATE)
#else
#define BUFF_MODE
#define BUFF_ATOMIC_BLOCK
#endif
#if (BUFF_STATICSIZE > LONG_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint64_t
#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > INT_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint32_t
#elif (BUFF_STATICSIZE > CHAR_MAX)
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint16_t
#else
#define RingBuff_Elements_t uint8_t
#endif
/* Type Defines: */
typedef BUFF_DATATYPE RingBuff_Data_t;
typedef BUFF_MODE struct
{
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer[BUFF_LENGTH];
RingBuff_Data_t* InPtr;
RingBuff_Data_t* OutPtr;
RingBuff_Elements_t Elements;
} RingBuff_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Buffer_Initialize(RingBuff_t* const Buff);
void Buffer_StoreElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer, RingBuff_Data_t Data);
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_GetElement(RingBuff_t* const Buffer);
#if defined(BUFF_USEPEEK)
RingBuff_Data_t Buffer_PeekElement(const RingBuff_t* const Buffer);
#endif
#endif

1486
Projects/Benito/makefile
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

652
Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,326 +1,326 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

162
Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

372
Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c
View file

@ -1,186 +1,186 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
const uint8_t SineTable[] PROGMEM =
{
0x80, 0x83, 0x86, 0x89, 0x8c, 0x8f, 0x92, 0x95, 0x98, 0x9c, 0x9f, 0xa2, 0xa5, 0xa8, 0xab, 0xae,
0xb0, 0xb3, 0xb6, 0xb9, 0xbc, 0xbf, 0xc1, 0xc4, 0xc7, 0xc9, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xd1, 0xd3, 0xd5, 0xd8,
0xda, 0xdc, 0xde, 0xe0, 0xe2, 0xe4, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xea, 0xec, 0xed, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf5,
0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xfd, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfb, 0xfa, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xf7,
0xf6, 0xf5, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xf0, 0xef, 0xed, 0xec, 0xea, 0xe8, 0xe6, 0xe4, 0xe2, 0xe0, 0xde, 0xdc,
0xda, 0xd8, 0xd5, 0xd3, 0xd1, 0xce, 0xcc, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xbf, 0xbc, 0xb9, 0xb6, 0xb3,
0xb0, 0xae, 0xab, 0xa8, 0xa5, 0xa2, 0x9f, 0x9c, 0x98, 0x95, 0x92, 0x8f, 0x8c, 0x89, 0x86, 0x83,
0x80, 0x7c, 0x79, 0x76, 0x73, 0x70, 0x6d, 0x6a, 0x67, 0x63, 0x60, 0x5d, 0x5a, 0x57, 0x54, 0x51,
0x4f, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x46, 0x43, 0x40, 0x3e, 0x3b, 0x38, 0x36, 0x33, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x2c, 0x2a, 0x27,
0x25, 0x23, 0x21, 0x1f, 0x1d, 0x1b, 0x19, 0x17, 0x15, 0x13, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x0d, 0x0c, 0x0a,
0x09, 0x08, 0x07, 0x06, 0x05, 0x04, 0x03, 0x03, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08,
0x09, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x12, 0x13, 0x15, 0x17, 0x19, 0x1b, 0x1d, 0x1f, 0x21, 0x23,
0x25, 0x27, 0x2a, 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x31, 0x33, 0x36, 0x38, 0x3b, 0x3e, 0x40, 0x43, 0x46, 0x49, 0x4c,
0x4f, 0x51, 0x54, 0x57, 0x5a, 0x5d, 0x60, 0x63, 0x67, 0x6a, 0x6d, 0x70, 0x73, 0x76, 0x79, 0x7c
};
uint8_t Pitch;
uint8_t Velocity;
uint8_t CurrentPos;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
{
if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
Velocity = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
}
else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
Velocity = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
}
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Fetch the current sample from the sine lookup table */
OCR3A = Velocity ? pgm_read_byte(&SineTable[CurrentPos]) : 0;
/* Calculate next sample table position for this channel */
CurrentPos += (Pitch >> 1);
}
MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDIToneGenerator.h"
/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
const uint8_t SineTable[] PROGMEM =
{
0x80, 0x83, 0x86, 0x89, 0x8c, 0x8f, 0x92, 0x95, 0x98, 0x9c, 0x9f, 0xa2, 0xa5, 0xa8, 0xab, 0xae,
0xb0, 0xb3, 0xb6, 0xb9, 0xbc, 0xbf, 0xc1, 0xc4, 0xc7, 0xc9, 0xcc, 0xce, 0xd1, 0xd3, 0xd5, 0xd8,
0xda, 0xdc, 0xde, 0xe0, 0xe2, 0xe4, 0xe6, 0xe8, 0xea, 0xec, 0xed, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf5,
0xf6, 0xf7, 0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff,
0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xff, 0xfe, 0xfe, 0xfd, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xfb, 0xfa, 0xf9, 0xf8, 0xf7,
0xf6, 0xf5, 0xf3, 0xf2, 0xf0, 0xef, 0xed, 0xec, 0xea, 0xe8, 0xe6, 0xe4, 0xe2, 0xe0, 0xde, 0xdc,
0xda, 0xd8, 0xd5, 0xd3, 0xd1, 0xce, 0xcc, 0xc9, 0xc7, 0xc4, 0xc1, 0xbf, 0xbc, 0xb9, 0xb6, 0xb3,
0xb0, 0xae, 0xab, 0xa8, 0xa5, 0xa2, 0x9f, 0x9c, 0x98, 0x95, 0x92, 0x8f, 0x8c, 0x89, 0x86, 0x83,
0x80, 0x7c, 0x79, 0x76, 0x73, 0x70, 0x6d, 0x6a, 0x67, 0x63, 0x60, 0x5d, 0x5a, 0x57, 0x54, 0x51,
0x4f, 0x4c, 0x49, 0x46, 0x43, 0x40, 0x3e, 0x3b, 0x38, 0x36, 0x33, 0x31, 0x2e, 0x2c, 0x2a, 0x27,
0x25, 0x23, 0x21, 0x1f, 0x1d, 0x1b, 0x19, 0x17, 0x15, 0x13, 0x12, 0x10, 0x0f, 0x0d, 0x0c, 0x0a,
0x09, 0x08, 0x07, 0x06, 0x05, 0x04, 0x03, 0x03, 0x02, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07, 0x08,
0x09, 0x0a, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0f, 0x10, 0x12, 0x13, 0x15, 0x17, 0x19, 0x1b, 0x1d, 0x1f, 0x21, 0x23,
0x25, 0x27, 0x2a, 0x2c, 0x2e, 0x31, 0x33, 0x36, 0x38, 0x3b, 0x3e, 0x40, 0x43, 0x46, 0x49, 0x4c,
0x4f, 0x51, 0x54, 0x57, 0x5a, 0x5d, 0x60, 0x63, 0x67, 0x6a, 0x6d, 0x70, 0x73, 0x76, 0x79, 0x7c
};
uint8_t Pitch;
uint8_t Velocity;
uint8_t CurrentPos;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
{
if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
Pitch = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2;
Velocity = ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
}
else if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF >> 4)) && ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) == 0))
{
Velocity = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
}
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Fetch the current sample from the sine lookup table */
OCR3A = Velocity ? pgm_read_byte(&SineTable[CurrentPos]) : 0;
/* Calculate next sample table position for this channel */
CurrentPos += (Pitch >> 1);
}
MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}

156
Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h
View file

@ -1,78 +1,78 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 24000
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 24000
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

1472
Projects/Incomplete/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

442
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,221 +1,221 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2063,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0001,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(26), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Standalone Programmer"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2063,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0001,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(26), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Standalone Programmer"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
#endif

176
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,88 +1,88 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

204
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.c
View file

@ -1,102 +1,102 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t DiskDevice_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = 1,
},
};
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t DiskDevice_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = 1,
},
};
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&DiskDevice_MS_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
#endif

122
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskDevice.h
View file

@ -1,61 +1,61 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DiskDevice.c.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_DEVICE_H_
#define _DISK_DEVICE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DiskDevice.c.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_DEVICE_H_
#define _DISK_DEVICE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DiskDevice_USBTask(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif
#endif

254
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.c
View file

@ -1,127 +1,127 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskHost.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.DataINPipeNumber = 1,
.DataINPipeDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTPipeNumber = 2,
.DataOUTPipeDoubleBank = false,
},
};
void DiskHost_USBTask(void)
{
if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Addressed)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DiskHost_MS_Interface,
ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&DiskHost_MS_Interface))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
/* Note: For the RequestSense call to work, the host state machine must be in the
* Configured state, or the call will be aborted */
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
MS_Host_USBTask(&DiskHost_MS_Interface);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "DiskHost.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.DataINPipeNumber = 1,
.DataINPipeDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTPipeNumber = 2,
.DataOUTPipeDoubleBank = false,
},
};
void DiskHost_USBTask(void)
{
if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Addressed)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DiskHost_MS_Interface,
ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&DiskHost_MS_Interface))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;
/* Note: For the RequestSense call to work, the host state machine must be in the
* Configured state, or the call will be aborted */
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval;
return;
}
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
MS_Host_USBTask(&DiskHost_MS_Interface);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
#endif

124
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/DiskHost.h
View file

@ -1,62 +1,62 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DiskHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_HOST_H_
#define _DISK_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* External Variables: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
extern USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
void DiskHost_USBTask(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DiskHost.c.
*/
#ifndef _DISK_HOST_H_
#define _DISK_HOST_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* External Variables: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
extern USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t DiskHost_MS_Interface;
#endif
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
void DiskHost_USBTask(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
#endif
#endif

1054
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

164
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/DataflashManager.h
View file

@ -1,82 +1,82 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
#endif

72
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/00readme.txt
View file

@ -1,36 +1,36 @@
Petit FatFs Module Source Files R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
FILES
pff.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and application module.
pff.c Petit FatFs module.
diskio.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and disk I/O module.
diskio.c Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.
integer.h Alternative type definitions for integer variables.
Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the Petit
FatFs module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any
specific storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that
written to control your storage device.
AGREEMENTS
Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
* The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
* No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
REVISION HISTORY
Jun 15, 2010 R0.01a First release (Branched from FatFs R0.07b)
Petit FatFs Module Source Files R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
FILES
pff.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and application module.
pff.c Petit FatFs module.
diskio.h Common include file for Petit FatFs and disk I/O module.
diskio.c Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.
integer.h Alternative type definitions for integer variables.
Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the Petit
FatFs module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any
specific storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that
written to control your storage device.
AGREEMENTS
Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
* The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
* No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
REVISION HISTORY
Jun 15, 2010 R0.01a First release (Branched from FatFs R0.07b)

114
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.c
View file

@ -1,57 +1,57 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for Petit FatFs (C)ChaN, 2010 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "diskio.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "../DataflashManager.h"
#include "../../DiskHost.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Initialize Disk Drive */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void)
{
return RES_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read Partial Sector */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DRESULT disk_readp (
void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */
DWORD sector, /* Sector number (LBA) */
WORD sofs, /* Offset in the sector */
WORD count /* Byte count (bit15:destination) */
)
{
DRESULT ErrorCode = RES_OK;
uint8_t BlockTemp[512];
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
ErrorCode = RES_NOTRDY;
else if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, sector, 1, 512, BlockTemp))
ErrorCode = RES_ERROR;
#endif
}
else
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, 1, BlockTemp);
#endif
}
memcpy(dest, &BlockTemp[sofs], count);
return ErrorCode;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for Petit FatFs (C)ChaN, 2010 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "diskio.h"
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "../DataflashManager.h"
#include "../../DiskHost.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Initialize Disk Drive */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void)
{
return RES_OK;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Read Partial Sector */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
DRESULT disk_readp (
void* dest, /* Pointer to the destination object */
DWORD sector, /* Sector number (LBA) */
WORD sofs, /* Offset in the sector */
WORD count /* Byte count (bit15:destination) */
)
{
DRESULT ErrorCode = RES_OK;
uint8_t BlockTemp[512];
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
ErrorCode = RES_NOTRDY;
else if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&DiskHost_MS_Interface, 0, sector, 1, 512, BlockTemp))
ErrorCode = RES_ERROR;
#endif
}
else
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, 1, BlockTemp);
#endif
}
memcpy(dest, &BlockTemp[sofs], count);
return ErrorCode;
}

72
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/diskio.h
View file

@ -1,36 +1,36 @@
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/ PFF - Low level disk interface modlue include file (C)ChaN, 2010
/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _DISKIO
#include "integer.h"
/* Status of Disk Functions */
typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
/* Results of Disk Functions */
typedef enum {
RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Function succeeded */
RES_ERROR, /* 1: Disk error */
RES_STRERR, /* 2: Seream error */
RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not ready */
RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid parameter */
} DRESULT;
/*---------------------------------------*/
/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void);
DRESULT disk_readp (void*, DWORD, WORD, WORD);
BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]);
#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
#define _DISKIO
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
/ PFF - Low level disk interface modlue include file (C)ChaN, 2010
/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _DISKIO
#include "integer.h"
/* Status of Disk Functions */
typedef BYTE DSTATUS;
/* Results of Disk Functions */
typedef enum {
RES_OK = 0, /* 0: Function succeeded */
RES_ERROR, /* 1: Disk error */
RES_STRERR, /* 2: Seream error */
RES_NOTRDY, /* 3: Not ready */
RES_PARERR /* 4: Invalid parameter */
} DRESULT;
/*---------------------------------------*/
/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
DSTATUS disk_initialize (void);
DRESULT disk_readp (void*, DWORD, WORD, WORD);
BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]);
#define STA_NOINIT 0x01 /* Drive not initialized */
#define STA_NODISK 0x02 /* No medium in the drive */
#define _DISKIO
#endif

74
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/integer.h
View file

@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
/*-------------------------------------------*/
/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
/*-------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _INTEGER
#if 0
#include <windows.h>
#else
/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
typedef int INT;
typedef unsigned int UINT;
/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
typedef signed char CHAR;
typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
typedef unsigned char BYTE;
/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
typedef short SHORT;
typedef unsigned short USHORT;
typedef unsigned short WORD;
typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
typedef long LONG;
typedef unsigned long ULONG;
typedef unsigned long DWORD;
/* Boolean type */
typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL;
#endif
#define _INTEGER
#endif
/*-------------------------------------------*/
/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
/*-------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _INTEGER
#if 0
#include <windows.h>
#else
/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
typedef int INT;
typedef unsigned int UINT;
/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
typedef signed char CHAR;
typedef unsigned char UCHAR;
typedef unsigned char BYTE;
/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
typedef short SHORT;
typedef unsigned short USHORT;
typedef unsigned short WORD;
typedef unsigned short WCHAR;
/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
typedef long LONG;
typedef unsigned long ULONG;
typedef unsigned long DWORD;
/* Boolean type */
typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL;
#endif
#define _INTEGER
#endif

1554
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

474
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h
View file

@ -1,237 +1,237 @@
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
/
/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
/
/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "integer.h"
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs Configuration Options
/
/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
/ the configuration options.
/
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _FATFS
#define _FATFS
#define _WORD_ACCESS 0
/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word
/ data in the FAT structure.
/
/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.
/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
/
/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned
/ word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
/ performance and code efficiency. */
#define _USE_DIR 0
/* To enable pf_opendir and pf_readdir function, set _USE_DIR to 1. */
#define _USE_LSEEK 0
/* To enable pf_lseek function, set _USE_LSEEK to 1. */
#define _FS_FAT32 1
/* To enable FAT32 support, set _FS_FAT32 to 1. */
/* End of configuration options. Do not change followings without care. */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _FS_FAT32
#define CLUST DWORD
#else
#define CLUST WORD
#endif
/* File system object structure */
typedef struct _FATFS_ {
BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub type */
BYTE csize; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
BYTE csect; /* File sector address in the cluster */
WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */
BYTE* buf; /* Pointer to the disk access buffer */
CLUST max_clust; /* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */
DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */
DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
DWORD fptr; /* File R/W pointer */
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
CLUST org_clust; /* File start cluster */
CLUST curr_clust; /* File current cluster */
DWORD dsect; /* File current data sector */
} FATFS;
/* Directory object structure */
typedef struct _DIR_ {
WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
CLUST sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */
CLUST clust; /* Current cluster */
DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
} DIR;
/* File status structure */
typedef struct _FILINFO_ {
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
char fname[13]; /* File name */
} FILINFO;
/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
typedef enum {
FR_OK = 0, /* 0 */
FR_DISK_ERR, /* 1 */
FR_NOT_READY, /* 2 */
FR_NO_FILE, /* 3 */
FR_NO_PATH, /* 4 */
FR_INVALID_NAME, /* 5 */
FR_STREAM_ERR, /* 6 */
FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* 7 */
FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* 8 */
FR_NO_FILESYSTEM /* 9 */
} FRESULT;
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Petit FatFs module application interface */
FRESULT pf_mount (FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
FRESULT pf_open (const char*); /* Open a file */
FRESULT pf_read (void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Read data from a file */
FRESULT pf_lseek (DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
FRESULT pf_opendir (DIR*, const char*); /* Open an existing directory */
FRESULT pf_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Flags and offset address */
/* File status flag (FATFS.flag) */
#define FA_READ 0x01
#define FA_STREAM 0x40
#define FA__ERROR 0x80
/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
#define FS_FAT12 1
#define FS_FAT16 2
#define FS_FAT32 3
/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead
/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option
/ between various compilers. */
#define BS_jmpBoot 0
#define BS_OEMName 3
#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11
#define BPB_SecPerClus 13
#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14
#define BPB_NumFATs 16
#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17
#define BPB_TotSec16 19
#define BPB_Media 21
#define BPB_FATSz16 22
#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24
#define BPB_NumHeads 26
#define BPB_HiddSec 28
#define BPB_TotSec32 32
#define BS_55AA 510
#define BS_DrvNum 36
#define BS_BootSig 38
#define BS_VolID 39
#define BS_VolLab 43
#define BS_FilSysType 54
#define BPB_FATSz32 36
#define BPB_ExtFlags 40
#define BPB_FSVer 42
#define BPB_RootClus 44
#define BPB_FSInfo 48
#define BPB_BkBootSec 50
#define BS_DrvNum32 64
#define BS_BootSig32 66
#define BS_VolID32 67
#define BS_VolLab32 71
#define BS_FilSysType32 82
#define MBR_Table 446
#define DIR_Name 0
#define DIR_Attr 11
#define DIR_NTres 12
#define DIR_CrtTime 14
#define DIR_CrtDate 16
#define DIR_FstClusHI 20
#define DIR_WrtTime 22
#define DIR_WrtDate 24
#define DIR_FstClusLO 26
#define DIR_FileSize 28
/*--------------------------------*/
/* Multi-byte word access macros */
#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
#endif
#endif /* _FATFS */
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs - FAT file system module include file R0.01a (C)ChaN, 2010
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
/ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
/ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
/
/ Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
/
/ * The Petit FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
/ personal, non-profit or commercial use UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "integer.h"
/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
/ Petit FatFs Configuration Options
/
/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
/ the configuration options.
/
/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef _FATFS
#define _FATFS
#define _WORD_ACCESS 0
/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word
/ data in the FAT structure.
/
/ 0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.
/ 1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
/
/ When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned
/ word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
/ If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
/ performance and code efficiency. */
#define _USE_DIR 0
/* To enable pf_opendir and pf_readdir function, set _USE_DIR to 1. */
#define _USE_LSEEK 0
/* To enable pf_lseek function, set _USE_LSEEK to 1. */
#define _FS_FAT32 1
/* To enable FAT32 support, set _FS_FAT32 to 1. */
/* End of configuration options. Do not change followings without care. */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#if _FS_FAT32
#define CLUST DWORD
#else
#define CLUST WORD
#endif
/* File system object structure */
typedef struct _FATFS_ {
BYTE fs_type; /* FAT sub type */
BYTE csize; /* Number of sectors per cluster */
BYTE flag; /* File status flags */
BYTE csect; /* File sector address in the cluster */
WORD n_rootdir; /* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */
BYTE* buf; /* Pointer to the disk access buffer */
CLUST max_clust; /* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */
DWORD fatbase; /* FAT start sector */
DWORD dirbase; /* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */
DWORD database; /* Data start sector */
DWORD fptr; /* File R/W pointer */
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
CLUST org_clust; /* File start cluster */
CLUST curr_clust; /* File current cluster */
DWORD dsect; /* File current data sector */
} FATFS;
/* Directory object structure */
typedef struct _DIR_ {
WORD index; /* Current read/write index number */
BYTE* fn; /* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
CLUST sclust; /* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */
CLUST clust; /* Current cluster */
DWORD sect; /* Current sector */
} DIR;
/* File status structure */
typedef struct _FILINFO_ {
DWORD fsize; /* File size */
WORD fdate; /* Last modified date */
WORD ftime; /* Last modified time */
BYTE fattrib; /* Attribute */
char fname[13]; /* File name */
} FILINFO;
/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
typedef enum {
FR_OK = 0, /* 0 */
FR_DISK_ERR, /* 1 */
FR_NOT_READY, /* 2 */
FR_NO_FILE, /* 3 */
FR_NO_PATH, /* 4 */
FR_INVALID_NAME, /* 5 */
FR_STREAM_ERR, /* 6 */
FR_INVALID_OBJECT, /* 7 */
FR_NOT_ENABLED, /* 8 */
FR_NO_FILESYSTEM /* 9 */
} FRESULT;
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Petit FatFs module application interface */
FRESULT pf_mount (FATFS*); /* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
FRESULT pf_open (const char*); /* Open a file */
FRESULT pf_read (void*, WORD, WORD*); /* Read data from a file */
FRESULT pf_lseek (DWORD); /* Move file pointer of a file object */
FRESULT pf_opendir (DIR*, const char*); /* Open an existing directory */
FRESULT pf_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*); /* Read a directory item */
/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Flags and offset address */
/* File status flag (FATFS.flag) */
#define FA_READ 0x01
#define FA_STREAM 0x40
#define FA__ERROR 0x80
/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
#define FS_FAT12 1
#define FS_FAT16 2
#define FS_FAT32 3
/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
#define AM_RDO 0x01 /* Read only */
#define AM_HID 0x02 /* Hidden */
#define AM_SYS 0x04 /* System */
#define AM_VOL 0x08 /* Volume label */
#define AM_LFN 0x0F /* LFN entry */
#define AM_DIR 0x10 /* Directory */
#define AM_ARC 0x20 /* Archive */
#define AM_MASK 0x3F /* Mask of defined bits */
/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead
/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option
/ between various compilers. */
#define BS_jmpBoot 0
#define BS_OEMName 3
#define BPB_BytsPerSec 11
#define BPB_SecPerClus 13
#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt 14
#define BPB_NumFATs 16
#define BPB_RootEntCnt 17
#define BPB_TotSec16 19
#define BPB_Media 21
#define BPB_FATSz16 22
#define BPB_SecPerTrk 24
#define BPB_NumHeads 26
#define BPB_HiddSec 28
#define BPB_TotSec32 32
#define BS_55AA 510
#define BS_DrvNum 36
#define BS_BootSig 38
#define BS_VolID 39
#define BS_VolLab 43
#define BS_FilSysType 54
#define BPB_FATSz32 36
#define BPB_ExtFlags 40
#define BPB_FSVer 42
#define BPB_RootClus 44
#define BPB_FSInfo 48
#define BPB_BkBootSec 50
#define BS_DrvNum32 64
#define BS_BootSig32 66
#define BS_VolID32 67
#define BS_VolLab32 71
#define BS_FilSysType32 82
#define MBR_Table 446
#define DIR_Name 0
#define DIR_Attr 11
#define DIR_NTres 12
#define DIR_CrtTime 14
#define DIR_CrtDate 16
#define DIR_FstClusHI 20
#define DIR_WrtTime 22
#define DIR_WrtDate 24
#define DIR_FstClusLO 26
#define DIR_FileSize 28
/*--------------------------------*/
/* Multi-byte word access macros */
#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1 /* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
#else /* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
#define LD_WORD(ptr) (WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define LD_DWORD(ptr) (DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
#define ST_WORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
#define ST_DWORD(ptr,val) *(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
#endif
#endif /* _FATFS */

154
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.c
View file

@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "ProgrammerConfig.h"
struct
{
uint16_t SigBytes[4];
bool EnforceSigBytes;
uint32_t ProgrammingSpeed;
} ProgrammerConfig;
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void)
{
memset(&ProgrammerConfig, sizeof(ProgrammerConfig), 0x00);
if (!(pf_open("CONF.txt") == FR_OK))
{
puts(" >> ERROR: CONF.txt File Not Found.\r\n");
return false;
}
char LineBuff[100];
char* CurrentLine;
do
{
CurrentLine = fgets(LineBuff, sizeof(LineBuff), &DiskStream);
if (CurrentLine)
{
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SIGNATURE = %02x %02x %02x %02x", &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SPEED = %lu", &ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
}
} while (CurrentLine);
printf(" >> *** Configuration: ***\r\n");
printf(" >> Device Signature: 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
printf(" >> Programming Speed: %lu Hz\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
return true;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#include "ProgrammerConfig.h"
struct
{
uint16_t SigBytes[4];
bool EnforceSigBytes;
uint32_t ProgrammingSpeed;
} ProgrammerConfig;
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void)
{
memset(&ProgrammerConfig, sizeof(ProgrammerConfig), 0x00);
if (!(pf_open("CONF.txt") == FR_OK))
{
puts(" >> ERROR: CONF.txt File Not Found.\r\n");
return false;
}
char LineBuff[100];
char* CurrentLine;
do
{
CurrentLine = fgets(LineBuff, sizeof(LineBuff), &DiskStream);
if (CurrentLine)
{
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SIGNATURE = %02x %02x %02x %02x", &ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
&ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
sscanf(CurrentLine, "SPEED = %lu", &ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
}
} while (CurrentLine);
printf(" >> *** Configuration: ***\r\n");
printf(" >> Device Signature: 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x 0x%02x\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[0],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[1],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[2],
ProgrammerConfig.SigBytes[3]);
printf(" >> Programming Speed: %lu Hz\r\n", ProgrammerConfig.ProgrammingSpeed);
return true;
}

88
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h
View file

@ -1,44 +1,44 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
#define _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
#define _PROGRAMMER_CONFIG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "../StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration(void);
#endif

566
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.c
View file

@ -1,283 +1,283 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}
#endif

174
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Lib/SCSI.h
View file

@ -1,87 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
#endif

210
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/Standalone Programmer.inf
View file

@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="CCS, Inc."
INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2063&MI_00
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="CCS, Inc."
INSTDISK="LUFA Benito Programmer Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"

322
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.c
View file

@ -1,161 +1,161 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Standalone Programmer project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/** Standard file stream for the currently open file on the disk. */
FILE DiskStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(NULL, Disk_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_READ);
/** Petite FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */
FATFS DiskFATState;
/** Stream character fetching routine for the FAT driver so that characters from the currently open file can be
* read in sequence when applied to a stdio stream.
*/
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream)
{
char ReadByte;
WORD ByteWasRead;
if (pf_read(&ReadByte, 1, &ByteWasRead) != FR_OK)
return _FDEV_ERR;
return (ByteWasRead ? ReadByte : _FDEV_EOF);
}
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
/** Event to handle mode changes in the library, to clear the FAT library's drive state structure when transitioning
* between modes. This ensures that the library always works with current disk data.
*/
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
{
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
}
#endif
/** Task to determine if the user is wishes to start the programming sequence, and if so executes the
* required functions to program the attached target (if any) with the files loaded to the dataflash.
*/
void Programmer_Task(void)
{
static bool HasAttempted = false;
if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
{
if (!(HasAttempted))
HasAttempted = true;
else
return;
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE STARTED ====\r\n");
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
printf("Using %s Drive...\r\n", (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) ? "External" : "Internal");
#endif
puts("Reading Configuration File...\r\n");
if (!(ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration()))
goto EndOfProgCycle;
EndOfProgCycle:
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE FINISHED ====\r\n");
}
else
{
HasAttempted = false;
}
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Programmer_Task();
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
DiskHost_USBTask();
#endif
}
else
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
DiskDevice_USBTask();
#endif
}
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
#else
USB_Init();
#endif
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
Buttons_Init();
SerialStream_Init(9600, true);
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
#endif
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Standalone Programmer project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C
#include "StandaloneProgrammer.h"
/** Standard file stream for the currently open file on the disk. */
FILE DiskStream = FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(NULL, Disk_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_READ);
/** Petite FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */
FATFS DiskFATState;
/** Stream character fetching routine for the FAT driver so that characters from the currently open file can be
* read in sequence when applied to a stdio stream.
*/
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream)
{
char ReadByte;
WORD ByteWasRead;
if (pf_read(&ReadByte, 1, &ByteWasRead) != FR_OK)
return _FDEV_ERR;
return (ByteWasRead ? ReadByte : _FDEV_EOF);
}
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
/** Event to handle mode changes in the library, to clear the FAT library's drive state structure when transitioning
* between modes. This ensures that the library always works with current disk data.
*/
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
{
pf_mount(&DiskFATState);
}
#endif
/** Task to determine if the user is wishes to start the programming sequence, and if so executes the
* required functions to program the attached target (if any) with the files loaded to the dataflash.
*/
void Programmer_Task(void)
{
static bool HasAttempted = false;
if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
{
if (!(HasAttempted))
HasAttempted = true;
else
return;
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE STARTED ====\r\n");
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
printf("Using %s Drive...\r\n", (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST) ? "External" : "Internal");
#endif
puts("Reading Configuration File...\r\n");
if (!(ProgrammerConfig_ProcessConfiguration()))
goto EndOfProgCycle;
EndOfProgCycle:
puts("==== PROGRAMMING CYCLE FINISHED ====\r\n");
}
else
{
HasAttempted = false;
}
}
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Programmer_Task();
if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_HOST)
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
DiskHost_USBTask();
#endif
}
else
{
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
DiskDevice_USBTask();
#endif
}
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
#else
USB_Init();
#endif
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
Buttons_Init();
SerialStream_Init(9600, true);
#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
#endif
}

176
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/StandaloneProgrammer.h
View file

@ -1,88 +1,88 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for StandaloneProgrammer.c.
*/
#ifndef _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
#define _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#include "DiskHost.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h"
#include "Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* External Variables: */
extern FILE DiskStream;
extern FATFS DiskFATState;
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C)
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream);
#endif
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
void SetupHardware(void);
void Programmer_Task(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for StandaloneProgrammer.c.
*/
#ifndef _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
#define _STANDALONE_PROG_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "DiskDevice.h"
#include "DiskHost.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include "Lib/ProgrammerConfig.h"
#include "Lib/PetiteFATFs/pff.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* External Variables: */
extern FILE DiskStream;
extern FATFS DiskFATState;
/* Function Prototypes: */
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_STANDALONEPROG_C)
static int Disk_getchar(FILE* Stream);
#endif
void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
void SetupHardware(void);
void Programmer_Task(void);
#endif

1492
Projects/Incomplete/StandaloneProgrammer/makefile
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

224
Projects/LEDNotifier/Board/LEDs.h
View file

@ -1,112 +1,112 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
LED Driver for the RGB LED on the Busware BUI board.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
#define __LEDS_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the blue LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
/** LED mask for the green LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the red LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC |= LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC ^= LEDMask;
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
LED Driver for the RGB LED on the Busware BUI board.
*/
#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
#define __LEDS_USER_H__
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if !defined(INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
#endif
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the blue LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
/** LED mask for the green LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the red LED on the board. */
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
/* Inline Functions: */
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
{
DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC |= LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
{
PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
}
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
{
PORTC ^= LEDMask;
}
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
{
return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
}
#endif
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
#if defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif
#endif

262
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,131 +1,131 @@
namespace CPUMonitor
{
partial class frmCPU
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components);
this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter();
this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tmrCPUTimer
//
this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick);
//
// cmbComPort
//
this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12);
this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21);
this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// pcCPUUsage
//
this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor";
this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time";
this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total";
//
// lblCPU
//
this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36);
this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU";
this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28);
this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1;
this.lblCPU.Text = "0%";
this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter;
//
// nicoNotifyIcon
//
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
//
// btnMinimizeToTray
//
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click);
//
// btnExit
//
this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67);
this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
//
// frmCPU
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU);
this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.Name = "frmCPU";
this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
}
#endregion
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU;
private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
}
}
namespace CPUMonitor
{
partial class frmCPU
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.tmrCPUTimer = new System.Windows.Forms.Timer(this.components);
this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.pcCPUUsage = new System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter();
this.lblCPU = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
this.btnMinimizeToTray = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tmrCPUTimer
//
this.tmrCPUTimer.Enabled = true;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Interval = 1000;
this.tmrCPUTimer.Tick += new System.EventHandler(this.tmrCPUTimer_Tick);
//
// cmbComPort
//
this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(48, 12);
this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(156, 21);
this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// pcCPUUsage
//
this.pcCPUUsage.CategoryName = "Processor";
this.pcCPUUsage.CounterName = "% Processor Time";
this.pcCPUUsage.InstanceName = "_Total";
//
// lblCPU
//
this.lblCPU.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 14.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblCPU.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(44, 36);
this.lblCPU.Name = "lblCPU";
this.lblCPU.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(160, 28);
this.lblCPU.TabIndex = 1;
this.lblCPU.Text = "0%";
this.lblCPU.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleCenter;
//
// nicoNotifyIcon
//
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
//
// btnMinimizeToTray
//
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 67);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Name = "btnMinimizeToTray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnMinimizeToTray.TabIndex = 2;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
this.btnMinimizeToTray.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnMinimizeToTray.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimizeToTray_Click);
//
// btnExit
//
this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(126, 67);
this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(111, 28);
this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
//
// frmCPU
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(249, 106);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimizeToTray);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblCPU);
this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.Name = "frmCPU";
this.Text = "CPU Usage Monitor";
this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.Form1_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.pcCPUUsage)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
}
#endregion
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Timer tmrCPUTimer;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
private System.Diagnostics.PerformanceCounter pcCPUUsage;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblCPU;
private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimizeToTray;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
}
}

226
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs
View file

@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using Microsoft.Win32;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
public partial class frmCPU : Form
{
private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public frmCPU()
{
InitializeComponent();
nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
}
private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor");
for (int i = 1; i <= 99; i++)
cmbComPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
Hide();
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue();
int Red = 0;
int Green = 0;
int Blue = 0;
if (CPUUsage < 25)
{
Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage);
}
else if (CPUUsage < 50)
{
Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25));
Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue;
}
else if (CPUUsage < 75)
{
Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50));
Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red;
}
else
{
Red = LIGHT_MAX;
}
NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue);
lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%";
}
private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Exit();
}
private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
this.Hide();
}
private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
{
this.Show();
this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using Microsoft.Win32;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
public partial class frmCPU : Form
{
private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public frmCPU()
{
InitializeComponent();
nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
}
private void Form1_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\CPUMonitor");
for (int i = 1; i <= 99; i++)
cmbComPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
Hide();
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void tmrCPUTimer_Tick(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
float CPUUsage = pcCPUUsage.NextValue();
int Red = 0;
int Green = 0;
int Blue = 0;
if (CPUUsage < 25)
{
Green = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * CPUUsage);
}
else if (CPUUsage < 50)
{
Blue = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 25));
Green = LIGHT_MAX - Blue;
}
else if (CPUUsage < 75)
{
Red = (int)((LIGHT_MAX / 25) * (CPUUsage - 50));
Blue = LIGHT_MAX - Red;
}
else
{
Red = LIGHT_MAX;
}
NotifyLight(Red, Green, Blue);
lblCPU.Text = ((int)CPUUsage).ToString() + "%";
}
private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Exit();
}
private void btnMinimizeToTray_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
this.Hide();
}
private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
{
this.Show();
this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
}
}
}

42
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs
View file

@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new frmCPU());
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace CPUMonitor
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new frmCPU());
}
}
}

72
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
View file

@ -1,36 +1,36 @@
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("CPUMonitor")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("3e4a61da-cdde-46de-848b-b5206d225e21")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]

142
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties
{
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources
{
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources()
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager
{
get
{
if ((resourceMan == null))
{
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture
{
get
{
return resourceCulture;
}
set
{
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties
{
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources
{
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources()
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager
{
get
{
if ((resourceMan == null))
{
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("CPUMonitor.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture
{
get
{
return resourceCulture;
}
set
{
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}

60
Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties
{
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase
{
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default
{
get
{
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace CPUMonitor.Properties
{
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase
{
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default
{
get
{
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}

534
Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,267 +1,267 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2044,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(12), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LED Notifier"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2044,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(12), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LED Notifier"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

166
Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

3128
Projects/LEDNotifier/Doxygen.conf
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

226
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/MailNotifier.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
namespace TestWinForms
{
partial class MailNotifier
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.lblComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.btnMinimize = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// cmbComPort
//
this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(108, 12);
this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(126, 21);
this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cmbComPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// lblComPort
//
this.lblComPort.AutoSize = true;
this.lblComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 15);
this.lblComPort.Name = "lblComPort";
this.lblComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 13);
this.lblComPort.TabIndex = 1;
this.lblComPort.Text = "COM Port to Use:";
//
// btnMinimize
//
this.btnMinimize.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 42);
this.btnMinimize.Name = "btnMinimize";
this.btnMinimize.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(109, 23);
this.btnMinimize.TabIndex = 2;
this.btnMinimize.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
this.btnMinimize.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnMinimize.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimize_Click);
//
// btnExit
//
this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(131, 42);
this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(109, 23);
this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
//
// nicoNotifyIcon
//
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "Mail Notifier";
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
//
// MailNotifier
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(252, 77);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimize);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblComPort);
this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.Name = "MailNotifier";
this.Text = "Mail Notifier Light";
this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.MailNotifier_Load);
this.ResumeLayout(false);
this.PerformLayout();
}
#endregion
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblComPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimize;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
}
}
namespace TestWinForms
{
partial class MailNotifier
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.cmbComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.lblComPort = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.btnMinimize = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.btnExit = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
this.nicoNotifyIcon = new System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon(this.components);
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// cmbComPort
//
this.cmbComPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cmbComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(108, 12);
this.cmbComPort.Name = "cmbComPort";
this.cmbComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(126, 21);
this.cmbComPort.TabIndex = 0;
this.cmbComPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cmbComPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// lblComPort
//
this.lblComPort.AutoSize = true;
this.lblComPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 15);
this.lblComPort.Name = "lblComPort";
this.lblComPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 13);
this.lblComPort.TabIndex = 1;
this.lblComPort.Text = "COM Port to Use:";
//
// btnMinimize
//
this.btnMinimize.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(12, 42);
this.btnMinimize.Name = "btnMinimize";
this.btnMinimize.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(109, 23);
this.btnMinimize.TabIndex = 2;
this.btnMinimize.Text = "Minimize to Tray";
this.btnMinimize.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnMinimize.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnMinimize_Click);
//
// btnExit
//
this.btnExit.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(131, 42);
this.btnExit.Name = "btnExit";
this.btnExit.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(109, 23);
this.btnExit.TabIndex = 3;
this.btnExit.Text = "Exit";
this.btnExit.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
this.btnExit.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnExit_Click);
//
// nicoNotifyIcon
//
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Text = "Mail Notifier";
this.nicoNotifyIcon.Visible = true;
//
// MailNotifier
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(252, 77);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnExit);
this.Controls.Add(this.btnMinimize);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblComPort);
this.Controls.Add(this.cmbComPort);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.Name = "MailNotifier";
this.Text = "Mail Notifier Light";
this.WindowState = System.Windows.Forms.FormWindowState.Minimized;
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.MailNotifier_Load);
this.ResumeLayout(false);
this.PerformLayout();
}
#endregion
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cmbComPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblComPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnMinimize;
private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnExit;
private System.Windows.Forms.NotifyIcon nicoNotifyIcon;
}
}

222
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/MailNotifier.cs
View file

@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using Microsoft.Win32;
namespace TestWinForms
{
public partial class MailNotifier : Form
{
private MessengerAPI.Messenger Messenger;
private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public MailNotifier()
{
InitializeComponent();
Messenger = new MessengerAPI.Messenger();
AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\MailNotifier");
for (int i = 1; i < 99; i++)
cmbComPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
}
private void MailNotifier_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Messenger.OnUnreadEmailChange += new MessengerAPI.DMessengerEvents_OnUnreadEmailChangeEventHandler(NewEmail);
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
Hide();
}
private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
{
this.Show();
this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
}
private void NewEmail(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER folder, int amount, ref bool enableDefault)
{
if (folder == MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX)
{
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
}
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Exit();
}
private void cmbComPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
for (int i = 1; i < 10; i++)
{
NotifyLight((LIGHT_MAX / i), (LIGHT_MAX / (i * 10)), 0);
System.Threading.Thread.Sleep(10);
}
for (int i = 10; i > 0; i--)
{
NotifyLight((LIGHT_MAX / i), (LIGHT_MAX / (i * 10)), 0);
System.Threading.Thread.Sleep(10);
}
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
}
private void btnMinimize_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
this.Hide();
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using Microsoft.Win32;
namespace TestWinForms
{
public partial class MailNotifier : Form
{
private MessengerAPI.Messenger Messenger;
private RegistryKey AppRegKey;
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public MailNotifier()
{
InitializeComponent();
Messenger = new MessengerAPI.Messenger();
AppRegKey = Registry.CurrentUser.CreateSubKey("Software\\MailNotifier");
for (int i = 1; i < 99; i++)
cmbComPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cmbComPort.SelectedIndex = System.Convert.ToInt32(AppRegKey.GetValue("Port", "1")) - 1;
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
nicoNotifyIcon.Icon = this.Icon;
nicoNotifyIcon.MouseClick += new MouseEventHandler(TrayIconClick);
}
private void MailNotifier_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Messenger.OnUnreadEmailChange += new MessengerAPI.DMessengerEvents_OnUnreadEmailChangeEventHandler(NewEmail);
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
Hide();
}
private void TrayIconClick(object sender, MouseEventArgs e)
{
this.Show();
this.WindowState = FormWindowState.Normal;
}
private void NewEmail(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER folder, int amount, ref bool enableDefault)
{
if (folder == MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX)
{
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
}
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void btnExit_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
Application.Exit();
}
private void cmbComPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
AppRegKey.SetValue("Port", cmbComPort.SelectedIndex + 1);
serSerialPort.PortName = cmbComPort.Text;
for (int i = 1; i < 10; i++)
{
NotifyLight((LIGHT_MAX / i), (LIGHT_MAX / (i * 10)), 0);
System.Threading.Thread.Sleep(10);
}
for (int i = 10; i > 0; i--)
{
NotifyLight((LIGHT_MAX / i), (LIGHT_MAX / (i * 10)), 0);
System.Threading.Thread.Sleep(10);
}
bool UnreadMail = (Messenger.get_UnreadEmailCount(MessengerAPI.MUAFOLDER.MUAFOLDER_INBOX) > 0);
NotifyLight((!UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), (UnreadMail ? LIGHT_MAX : 0), 0);
}
private void btnMinimize_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
this.Hide();
}
}
}

40
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/Program.cs
View file

@ -1,20 +1,20 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace TestWinForms
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new MailNotifier());
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace TestWinForms
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new MailNotifier());
}
}
}

72
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
View file

@ -1,36 +1,36 @@
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("MailNotifier")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Mail LED Notifier")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Public Domain")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("25e10140-cf96-4619-adaa-9010abc62d0a")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("MailNotifier")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Dean Camera")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Mail LED Notifier")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Public Domain")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("25e10140-cf96-4619-adaa-9010abc62d0a")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]

126
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,63 +1,63 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace MailNotifier.Properties {
using System;
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources {
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources() {
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
get {
if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("MailNotifier.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
get {
return resourceCulture;
}
set {
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace MailNotifier.Properties {
using System;
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources {
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources() {
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager {
get {
if (object.ReferenceEquals(resourceMan, null)) {
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("MailNotifier.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture {
get {
return resourceCulture;
}
set {
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}

52
Projects/LEDNotifier/HotmailNotifierApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace MailNotifier.Properties {
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default {
get {
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace MailNotifier.Properties {
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase {
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default {
get {
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}

298
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,149 +1,149 @@
namespace LEDMixer
{
partial class LEDMixer
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tbRed
//
this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64);
this.tbRed.Maximum = 512;
this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed";
this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0;
this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll);
//
// tbGreen
//
this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115);
this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512;
this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen";
this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1;
this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll);
//
// tbBlue
//
this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163);
this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512;
this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue";
this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2;
this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll);
//
// cbPort
//
this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12);
this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort";
this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21);
this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3;
this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// lblRed
//
this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64);
this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed";
this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29);
this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4;
this.lblRed.Text = "Red";
this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblBlue
//
this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115);
this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen";
this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27);
this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5;
this.lblBlue.Text = "Green";
this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblGreen
//
this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163);
this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue";
this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25);
this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6;
this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue";
this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// LEDMixer
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed);
this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.MinimizeBox = false;
this.Name = "LEDMixer";
this.Text = "LED Mixer";
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
this.PerformLayout();
}
#endregion
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue;
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen;
}
}
namespace LEDMixer
{
partial class LEDMixer
{
/// <summary>
/// Required designer variable.
/// </summary>
private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
/// <summary>
/// Clean up any resources being used.
/// </summary>
/// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
{
if (disposing && (components != null))
{
components.Dispose();
}
base.Dispose(disposing);
}
#region Windows Form Designer generated code
/// <summary>
/// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
/// the contents of this method with the code editor.
/// </summary>
private void InitializeComponent()
{
this.components = new System.ComponentModel.Container();
this.tbRed = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.tbBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar();
this.serSerialPort = new System.IO.Ports.SerialPort(this.components);
this.cbPort = new System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox();
this.lblRed = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblBlue = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
this.lblGreen = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).BeginInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).BeginInit();
this.SuspendLayout();
//
// tbRed
//
this.tbRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 64);
this.tbRed.Maximum = 512;
this.tbRed.Name = "tbRed";
this.tbRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbRed.TabIndex = 0;
this.tbRed.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbRed_Scroll);
//
// tbGreen
//
this.tbGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 115);
this.tbGreen.Maximum = 512;
this.tbGreen.Name = "tbGreen";
this.tbGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbGreen.TabIndex = 1;
this.tbGreen.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbGreen_Scroll);
//
// tbBlue
//
this.tbBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(54, 163);
this.tbBlue.Maximum = 512;
this.tbBlue.Name = "tbBlue";
this.tbBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(230, 45);
this.tbBlue.TabIndex = 2;
this.tbBlue.Scroll += new System.EventHandler(this.tbBlue_Scroll);
//
// cbPort
//
this.cbPort.FormattingEnabled = true;
this.cbPort.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(97, 12);
this.cbPort.Name = "cbPort";
this.cbPort.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(99, 21);
this.cbPort.TabIndex = 3;
this.cbPort.SelectedIndexChanged += new System.EventHandler(this.cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged);
//
// lblRed
//
this.lblRed.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblRed.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 64);
this.lblRed.Name = "lblRed";
this.lblRed.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(48, 29);
this.lblRed.TabIndex = 4;
this.lblRed.Text = "Red";
this.lblRed.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblBlue
//
this.lblBlue.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblBlue.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 115);
this.lblBlue.Name = "lblGreen";
this.lblBlue.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 27);
this.lblBlue.TabIndex = 5;
this.lblBlue.Text = "Green";
this.lblBlue.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// lblGreen
//
this.lblGreen.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 9.75F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
this.lblGreen.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(3, 163);
this.lblGreen.Name = "lblBlue";
this.lblGreen.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(50, 25);
this.lblGreen.TabIndex = 6;
this.lblGreen.Text = "Blue";
this.lblGreen.TextAlign = System.Drawing.ContentAlignment.MiddleRight;
//
// LEDMixer
//
this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(284, 207);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.lblRed);
this.Controls.Add(this.cbPort);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbBlue);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbGreen);
this.Controls.Add(this.tbRed);
this.FormBorderStyle = System.Windows.Forms.FormBorderStyle.FixedSingle;
this.MaximizeBox = false;
this.MinimizeBox = false;
this.Name = "LEDMixer";
this.Text = "LED Mixer";
this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.LEDMixer_Load);
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbRed)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbGreen)).EndInit();
((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.tbBlue)).EndInit();
this.ResumeLayout(false);
this.PerformLayout();
}
#endregion
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbGreen;
private System.Windows.Forms.TrackBar tbBlue;
private System.IO.Ports.SerialPort serSerialPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.ComboBox cbPort;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblRed;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblBlue;
private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblGreen;
}
}

146
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs
View file

@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
public partial class LEDMixer : Form
{
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public LEDMixer()
{
InitializeComponent();
}
private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
for (int i = 1; i <= 99; i++)
cbPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0;
tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
}
private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.ComponentModel;
using System.Data;
using System.Drawing;
using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
public partial class LEDMixer : Form
{
private const int LIGHT_MAX = 0x1F;
public LEDMixer()
{
InitializeComponent();
}
private void LEDMixer_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
for (int i = 1; i <= 99; i++)
cbPort.Items.Add("COM" + i.ToString());
cbPort.SelectedIndex = 0;
tbRed.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbGreen.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
tbBlue.Maximum = LIGHT_MAX;
}
private void tbRed_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbGreen_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void tbBlue_Scroll(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
private void NotifyLight(int Red, int Green, int Blue)
{
byte[] buffer = new byte[3];
buffer[0] = (byte)(0x80 | (Red & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[1] = (byte)(0x40 | (Green & LIGHT_MAX));
buffer[2] = (byte)(0x20 | (Blue & LIGHT_MAX));
try
{
serSerialPort.PortName = cbPort.Text;
serSerialPort.Open();
serSerialPort.Write(buffer, 0, buffer.Length);
serSerialPort.Close();
}
catch (Exception e)
{
}
}
private void cbPort_SelectedIndexChanged(object sender, EventArgs e)
{
NotifyLight(tbRed.Value, tbGreen.Value, tbBlue.Value);
}
}
}

42
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs
View file

@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new LEDMixer());
}
}
}
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;
using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
namespace LEDMixer
{
static class Program
{
/// <summary>
/// The main entry point for the application.
/// </summary>
[STAThread]
static void Main()
{
Application.EnableVisualStyles();
Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
Application.Run(new LEDMixer());
}
}
}

72
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs
View file

@ -1,36 +1,36 @@
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]
using System.Reflection;
using System.Runtime.CompilerServices;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;
// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following
// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information
// associated with an assembly.
[assembly: AssemblyTitle("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")]
[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")]
[assembly: AssemblyProduct("LEDMixer")]
[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2009")]
[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")]
[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")]
// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible
// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from
// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type.
[assembly: ComVisible(false)]
// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM
[assembly: Guid("335c1112-9aa6-42a0-9765-5cc6deb78c88")]
// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values:
//
// Major Version
// Minor Version
// Build Number
// Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")]

142
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties
{
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources
{
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources()
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager
{
get
{
if ((resourceMan == null))
{
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture
{
get
{
return resourceCulture;
}
set
{
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties
{
/// <summary>
/// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
/// </summary>
// This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder
// class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio.
// To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen
// with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project.
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "2.0.0.0")]
[global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()]
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
internal class Resources
{
private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan;
private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture;
[global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")]
internal Resources()
{
}
/// <summary>
/// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager
{
get
{
if ((resourceMan == null))
{
global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("LEDMixer.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly);
resourceMan = temp;
}
return resourceMan;
}
}
/// <summary>
/// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
/// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
/// </summary>
[global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)]
internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture
{
get
{
return resourceCulture;
}
set
{
resourceCulture = value;
}
}
}
}

60
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs generated
View file

@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties
{
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase
{
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default
{
get
{
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// <auto-generated>
// This code was generated by a tool.
// Runtime Version:2.0.50727.4927
//
// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if
// the code is regenerated.
// </auto-generated>
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
namespace LEDMixer.Properties
{
[global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()]
[global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "9.0.0.0")]
internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase
{
private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings())));
public static Settings Default
{
get
{
return defaultInstance;
}
}
}
}

334
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c
View file

@ -1,167 +1,167 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "LEDNotifier.h"
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Counter for the software PWM */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count;
/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty;
/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111)
SoftPWM_Count = 0;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
* used like any regular character stream in the C APIs
*/
static FILE USBSerialStream;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
/* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
sei();
for (;;)
{
/* Read in next LED colour command from the host */
uint8_t ColorUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream);
/* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */
uint8_t Channel = (ColorUpdate & 0b11100000);
uint8_t Duty = (ColorUpdate & 0b00011111);
if (Channel & (1 << 5))
SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 6))
SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 7))
SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty;
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Timer Initialization */
OCR0A = 100;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = (1 << CS00);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the LEDNotfier project. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "LEDNotifier.h"
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Counter for the software PWM */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Count;
/** Duty cycle for the first software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the second software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty;
/** Duty cycle for the third software PWM channel */
static volatile uint8_t SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty;
/** Interrupt handler for managing the software PWM channels for the LEDs */
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
if (++SoftPWM_Count == 0b00011111)
SoftPWM_Count = 0;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED1;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED2;
if (SoftPWM_Count >= SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty)
LEDMask &= ~LEDS_LED3;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
* used like any regular character stream in the C APIs
*/
static FILE USBSerialStream;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
/* Create a regular blocking character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
sei();
for (;;)
{
/* Read in next LED colour command from the host */
uint8_t ColorUpdate = fgetc(&USBSerialStream);
/* Top 3 bits select the LED, bottom 5 control the brightness */
uint8_t Channel = (ColorUpdate & 0b11100000);
uint8_t Duty = (ColorUpdate & 0b00011111);
if (Channel & (1 << 5))
SoftPWM_Channel1_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 6))
SoftPWM_Channel2_Duty = Duty;
if (Channel & (1 << 7))
SoftPWM_Channel3_Duty = Duty;
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Timer Initialization */
OCR0A = 100;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
TCCR0B = (1 << CS00);
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
}

120
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h
View file

@ -1,60 +1,60 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for LEDNotifier.c.
*/
#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for LEDNotifier.c.
*/
#ifndef _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
#define _LEDNOTIFIER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

122
Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt
View file

@ -1,62 +1,62 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - AT90USB646
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any
* USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the
* host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs.
*
* This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become
* a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage USB LED Notifier Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - AT90USB646
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* USB LED Notifier Project. This project is designed for the Busware BUI board, however it can run easily on any
* USB AVR. It is a generic RGB LED controller (via a three channel software PWM) which listens for commands from the
* host on a CDC virtual serial port. When new commands are received, it updates the board LEDs.
*
* This can be controlled with any host application that can write to the virtual serial port, allowing it to become
* a visual notification system for any number of custom host applications, such as a new unread email notifier.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

210
Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf
View file

@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"

1474
Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

494
Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c
View file

@ -1,247 +1,247 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
* reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent,
* where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used.
*
* See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(32), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(20), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Magnetic Card Reader"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID report descriptor. This is a HID class specific descriptor, which defines the structure of the
* reports sent and received by the HID device to and from the USB host. It indicates what data is sent,
* where in the report each element is located and exactly how the data should be interpreted and used.
*
* See the HID class specification for more information on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. */
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(32), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera and Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(20), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Magnetic Card Reader"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

140
Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h
View file

@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; /**< Configuration descriptor header structure */
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; /**< Keyboard interface descriptor */
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID; /**< Keyboard HID descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; /**< Keyboard key report endpoint descriptor */
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the keyboard key press reporting endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size of the keyboard report endpoints, in bytes. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

3128
Projects/Magstripe/Doxygen.conf
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

226
Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c
View file

@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits
* to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce
* overall RAM usage.
*/
#include "CircularBitBuffer.h"
/** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */
void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
{
/* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */
Buffer->Elements = 0;
/* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */
Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
/** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */
void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, const bool Bit)
{
/* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */
if (Bit)
*Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask;
/* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
Buffer->Elements++;
/* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */
if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
{
/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
Buffer->In.CurrentByte++;
else
Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
/* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1;
}
}
/** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */
bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
{
/* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */
bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0);
/* Clear the buffer bit */
*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask;
/* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
Buffer->Elements--;
/* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */
if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
{
/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++;
else
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
/* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1;
}
/* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */
return Bit;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** Circular bit buffer library. This will allow for individual bits
* to be stored in packed form inside circular buffers, to reduce
* overall RAM usage.
*/
#include "CircularBitBuffer.h"
/** Function to initialize or reset a bit buffer, ready for data to be stored into it. */
void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
{
/* Reset the number of stored bits in the buffer */
Buffer->Elements = 0;
/* Reset the data in and out pointer structures in the buffer to the first buffer bit */
Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
/** Function to store the given bit into the given bit buffer. */
void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, const bool Bit)
{
/* If the bit to store is true, set the next bit in the buffer */
if (Bit)
*Buffer->In.CurrentByte |= Buffer->In.ByteMask;
/* Increment the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
Buffer->Elements++;
/* Check if the current buffer byte is full of stored bits */
if (Buffer->In.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
{
/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
if (Buffer->In.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
Buffer->In.CurrentByte++;
else
Buffer->In.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
/* Reset the storage bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
Buffer->In.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Shift the current storage bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
Buffer->In.ByteMask <<= 1;
}
}
/** Function to retrieve the next bit stored in the given bit buffer. */
bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer)
{
/* Retrieve the value of the next bit stored in the buffer */
bool Bit = ((*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte & Buffer->Out.ByteMask) != 0);
/* Clear the buffer bit */
*Buffer->Out.CurrentByte &= ~Buffer->Out.ByteMask;
/* Decrement the number of stored bits in the buffer counter */
Buffer->Elements--;
/* Check if the current buffer byte is empty of stored bits */
if (Buffer->Out.ByteMask == (1 << 7))
{
/* Check if the end of the buffer has been reached, if so reset to start of buffer, otherwise advance to next bit */
if (Buffer->Out.CurrentByte != &Buffer->Data[sizeof(Buffer->Data) - 1])
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte++;
else
Buffer->Out.CurrentByte = Buffer->Data;
/* Reset the retrieval bit mask in the current buffer byte to the first bit */
Buffer->Out.ByteMask = (1 << 0);
}
else
{
/* Shift the current retrieval bit mask to the next bit in the current byte */
Buffer->Out.ByteMask <<= 1;
}
/* Return the retrieved bit from the buffer */
return Bit;
}

190
Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h
View file

@ -1,95 +1,95 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c.
*/
#ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
#define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Macros: */
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eighth of this value per buffer. */
#define MAX_BITS 8192
#else
#define MAX_BITS 1024
#endif
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */
uint8_t ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */
} BitBufferPointer_t;
/** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */
uint16_t Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */
BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */
BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */
} BitBuffer_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to initialize
*/
void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into
* \param[in] Bit Bit to store into the buffer
*/
void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, const bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into
*
* \return Next bit from the buffer
*/
bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for CircularBitBuffer.c.
*/
#ifndef _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
#define _CIRCULARBITBUFFER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Macros: */
#if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
/** Maximum number of bits which can be stored into a bit buffer. The memory usage is one eighth of this value per buffer. */
#define MAX_BITS 8192
#else
#define MAX_BITS 1024
#endif
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a pointer to a bit in a bit buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t* CurrentByte; /**< Pointer to the current byte in the buffer */
uint8_t ByteMask; /**< Mask of the current bit in the buffer */
} BitBufferPointer_t;
/** Type define for a circular packet bit buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Data[MAX_BITS / 8]; /**< Buffer to hold the stored bits in packed form */
uint16_t Elements; /**< Number of stored bits in the bit buffer */
BitBufferPointer_t In; /**< Bit pointer to the next storage location in the buffer */
BitBufferPointer_t Out; /**< Bit pointer to the next retrieval location in the buffer */
} BitBuffer_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
/** Initializes or resets a given bit buffer, ready to store new bits.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to initialize
*/
void BitBuffer_Init(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Stores a bit into the next location inside a given bit buffer.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into
* \param[in] Bit Bit to store into the buffer
*/
void BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer, const bool Bit) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
/** Retrieves a bit from the next location inside a given bit buffer.
*
* \param[in,out] Buffer Bit buffer to store a bit into
*
* \return Next bit from the buffer
*/
bool BitBuffer_GetNextBit(BitBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
#endif

200
Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h
View file

@ -1,100 +1,100 @@
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros
prior to including the file:
MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC1)
MAG_T1_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (i.e.. PORTC2)
MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC3)
MAG_T2_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (i.e.. PORTC0)
MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC5)
MAG_T3_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (i.e.. PORTC6)
MAG_CLS_PIN Pin connected to card loaded wire (i.e.. PORTC4)
MAG_PIN PIN macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PINC)
MAG_DDR DDR macro for the reader's port (i.e.. DDRC)
MAG_PORT PORT macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PORTC)
The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is
connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to
pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded
wire is connected to pin 4 on port C.
If the mag-stripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks,
then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a
pin that is unused. For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on
port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are
not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or
temperature sensor).
Connecting wires to pins on different ports (i.e.. a data wire to pin 0
on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently
unsupported. All pins specified above must be on the same port.
*/
/** \file
*
* Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K).
*/
#ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
#define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */
#define MAG_MASK (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \
MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \
MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \
MAG_CARDPRESENT)
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader
* device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before
* trying to read any of the card reader's status lines.
*/
static inline void Magstripe_Init(void)
{
MAG_DDR &= ~MAG_MASK;
MAG_PORT |= MAG_MASK;
};
/** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs.
*
* \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low
*/
static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void)
{
/* Mag-stripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */
return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK);
}
#endif
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/*
NOTE: The user of this include file MUST define the following macros
prior to including the file:
MAG_T1_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC1)
MAG_T1_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 1 data wire (i.e.. PORTC2)
MAG_T2_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC3)
MAG_T2_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 2 data wire (i.e.. PORTC0)
MAG_T3_CLOCK_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 clock wire (i.e.. PORTC5)
MAG_T3_DATA_PIN Pin connected to Track 3 data wire (i.e.. PORTC6)
MAG_CLS_PIN Pin connected to card loaded wire (i.e.. PORTC4)
MAG_PIN PIN macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PINC)
MAG_DDR DDR macro for the reader's port (i.e.. DDRC)
MAG_PORT PORT macro for the reader's port (i.e.. PORTC)
The example macros listed above assume that the Track 2 data wire is
connected to pin 0 on port C, the Track 2 clock wire is connected to
pin 3 on port C (similarly for Tracks 1 and 3), and the card loaded
wire is connected to pin 4 on port C.
If the mag-stripe reader you are using only reads one or two tracks,
then set the clock and data pins for the tracks it doesn't read to a
pin that is unused. For example, on the AT90USBKey, any of the pins on
port C that do not have wires attached will be unused since they are
not connected to any onboard devices (such as the joystick or
temperature sensor).
Connecting wires to pins on different ports (i.e.. a data wire to pin 0
on port C and a clock wire to pin 0 on port D) is currently
unsupported. All pins specified above must be on the same port.
*/
/** \file
*
* Driver header for a TTL Magnetic Card reader device (such as the Omron V3B-4K).
*/
#ifndef _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
#define _MAGSTRIPEHW_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
/* Macros: */
/** Mask of the track data, clock and card detection pins. */
#define MAG_MASK (MAG_T1_DATA | MAG_T1_CLOCK | \
MAG_T2_DATA | MAG_T2_CLOCK | \
MAG_T3_DATA | MAG_T3_CLOCK | \
MAG_CARDPRESENT)
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
/* Inline Functions: */
/** Initializes the magnetic stripe card reader ports and pins so that the card reader
* device can be controlled and read by the card reader driver. This must be called before
* trying to read any of the card reader's status lines.
*/
static inline void Magstripe_Init(void)
{
MAG_DDR &= ~MAG_MASK;
MAG_PORT |= MAG_MASK;
};
/** Returns the status of all the magnetic card reader's outputs.
*
* \return A mask indicating which card lines are high or low
*/
static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
static inline uint8_t Magstripe_GetStatus(void)
{
/* Mag-stripe IOs are active low and must be inverted when read */
return ((uint8_t)~MAG_PIN & MAG_MASK);
}
#endif

432
Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c
View file

@ -1,216 +1,216 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MagStripe reader program. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Magstripe.h"
/** Bit buffers to hold the read bits for each of the three magnetic card tracks before they are transmitted
* to the host as keyboard presses.
*/
BitBuffer_t TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
/** Pointer to the current track buffer being sent to the host. */
BitBuffer_t* CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
for (uint8_t Buffer = 0; Buffer < TOTAL_TRACKS; Buffer++)
BitBuffer_Init(&TrackDataBuffers[Buffer]);
sei();
for (;;)
{
if (Magstripe_GetStatus() & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
ReadMagstripeData();
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Magstripe_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Determines if a card has been inserted, and if so reads in each track's contents into the bit buffers
* until they are read out to the host as a series of keyboard presses.
*/
void ReadMagstripeData(void)
{
/* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the separate card tracks */
const struct
{
uint8_t ClockMask;
uint8_t DataMask;
} TrackInfo[] = {{MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA},
{MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA},
{MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}};
uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0;
uint8_t Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
{
for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < TOTAL_TRACKS; Track++)
{
bool DataPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0);
bool ClockPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
bool ClockLevelChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
/* Sample data on rising clock edges from the card reader */
if (ClockPinLevel && ClockLevelChanged)
BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&TrackDataBuffers[Track], DataPinLevel);
}
Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL;
Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
}
CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[0];
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Packet event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
static bool IsKeyReleaseReport;
/* Key reports must be interleaved with key release reports, or repeated keys will be ignored */
IsKeyReleaseReport = !IsKeyReleaseReport;
if ((IsKeyReleaseReport) || (CurrentTrackBuffer == &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]))
{
/* No more data to send, or key release report between key presses */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_NONE;
}
else if (!(CurrentTrackBuffer->Elements))
{
/* End of current track, send an enter press and change to the next track's buffer */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER;
CurrentTrackBuffer++;
}
else
{
/* Still data in the current track; convert next bit to a 1 or 0 keypress */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(CurrentTrackBuffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0;
}
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID Class driver callback function for the processing of a received HID report from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID interface structure for the HID interface being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to the report buffer where the received report is stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the report received from the host
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MagStripe reader program. This file contains the main tasks of
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Magstripe.h"
/** Bit buffers to hold the read bits for each of the three magnetic card tracks before they are transmitted
* to the host as keyboard presses.
*/
BitBuffer_t TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
/** Pointer to the current track buffer being sent to the host. */
BitBuffer_t* CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS];
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
for (uint8_t Buffer = 0; Buffer < TOTAL_TRACKS; Buffer++)
BitBuffer_Init(&TrackDataBuffers[Buffer]);
sei();
for (;;)
{
if (Magstripe_GetStatus() & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
ReadMagstripeData();
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Magstripe_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Determines if a card has been inserted, and if so reads in each track's contents into the bit buffers
* until they are read out to the host as a series of keyboard presses.
*/
void ReadMagstripeData(void)
{
/* Arrays to hold the buffer pointers, clock and data bit masks for the separate card tracks */
const struct
{
uint8_t ClockMask;
uint8_t DataMask;
} TrackInfo[] = {{MAG_T1_CLOCK, MAG_T1_DATA},
{MAG_T2_CLOCK, MAG_T2_DATA},
{MAG_T3_CLOCK, MAG_T3_DATA}};
uint8_t Magstripe_Prev = 0;
uint8_t Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
while (Magstripe_LCL & MAG_CARDPRESENT)
{
for (uint8_t Track = 0; Track < TOTAL_TRACKS; Track++)
{
bool DataPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].DataMask) != 0);
bool ClockPinLevel = ((Magstripe_LCL & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
bool ClockLevelChanged = (((Magstripe_LCL ^ Magstripe_Prev) & TrackInfo[Track].ClockMask) != 0);
/* Sample data on rising clock edges from the card reader */
if (ClockPinLevel && ClockLevelChanged)
BitBuffer_StoreNextBit(&TrackDataBuffers[Track], DataPinLevel);
}
Magstripe_Prev = Magstripe_LCL;
Magstripe_LCL = Magstripe_GetStatus();
}
CurrentTrackBuffer = &TrackDataBuffers[0];
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Packet event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
static bool IsKeyReleaseReport;
/* Key reports must be interleaved with key release reports, or repeated keys will be ignored */
IsKeyReleaseReport = !IsKeyReleaseReport;
if ((IsKeyReleaseReport) || (CurrentTrackBuffer == &TrackDataBuffers[TOTAL_TRACKS]))
{
/* No more data to send, or key release report between key presses */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_NONE;
}
else if (!(CurrentTrackBuffer->Elements))
{
/* End of current track, send an enter press and change to the next track's buffer */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = KEY_ENTER;
CurrentTrackBuffer++;
}
else
{
/* Still data in the current track; convert next bit to a 1 or 0 keypress */
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = BitBuffer_GetNextBit(CurrentTrackBuffer) ? KEY_1 : KEY_0;
}
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID Class driver callback function for the processing of a received HID report from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID interface structure for the HID interface being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to the report buffer where the received report is stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the report received from the host
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}

166
Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h
View file

@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Magstripe.c.
*/
#ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_
#define _MAGSTRIPE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h"
#include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Total number of tracks which can be read from the card, between 1 and 3. */
#define TOTAL_TRACKS 3
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that no is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_NONE 0
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_1 30
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_0 39
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_ENTER 40
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ReadMagstripeData(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Magstripe.c.
*/
#ifndef _MAGSTRIPE_H_
#define _MAGSTRIPE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/MagstripeHW.h"
#include "Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Total number of tracks which can be read from the card, between 1 and 3. */
#define TOTAL_TRACKS 3
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that no is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_NONE 0
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "1" key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_1 30
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the "0" key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_0 39
/** HID keyboard keycode to indicate that the enter key is currently pressed. */
#define KEY_ENTER 40
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ReadMagstripeData(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

328
Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt
View file

@ -1,164 +1,164 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - AT90USB1287
* - AT90USB1286
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Keyboard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card
* reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed
* to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at <a>http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/</a>.
*
* See <a>http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/</a> for the USB reader hardware project website,
* including construction and support details.
*
* To use, connect your magnetic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted
* from the project makefile):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Signal:</b></td>
* <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 1 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 1 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 2 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 2 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 3 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 3 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Card Detect</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard projectnstration application,
* written by Denver Gingerich.
*
* This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected
* a TTL magnetic stripe reader to the connected computer. The raw bitstream
* obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through the keyboard
* driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the project will send a return key.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAX_BITS</td>
* <td>CircularBitBuffer.h</td>
* <td>Gives the maximum number of bits per track which can be buffered by the device for later transmission to a host.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Denver Gingerich's USBSnoop Magnetic Card Reader Project
*
* \section SSec_Compat Project Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
*
* - AT90USB1287
* - AT90USB1286
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Keyboard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Standard, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Firmware for a USB AVR powered USB TTL magnetic stripe reader (using a card
* reader such as the Omron V3B-4K) by Denver Gingerich. This project is designed
* to be used with the open source Stripe Snoop project at <a>http://stripesnoop.sourceforge.net/</a>.
*
* See <a>http://ossguy.com/ss_usb/</a> for the USB reader hardware project website,
* including construction and support details.
*
* To use, connect your magnetic card reader device to the USB AVR as follows (pin and port mapping may be adjusted
* from the project makefile):
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Signal:</b></td>
* <td><b>AVR Port:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 1 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 1</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 1 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 2</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 2 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 3</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 2 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 0</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 3 Data</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 5</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Track 3 Clock</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 6</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>Card Detect</td>
* <td>PORTC, Pin 4</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* This project is based on the LUFA Keyboard projectnstration application,
* written by Denver Gingerich.
*
* This application uses a keyboard HID driver to communicate the data collected
* a TTL magnetic stripe reader to the connected computer. The raw bitstream
* obtained from the magnetic stripe reader is "typed" through the keyboard
* driver as 0's and 1's. After every card swipe, the project will send a return key.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this project, which can control the project behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAX_BITS</td>
* <td>CircularBitBuffer.h</td>
* <td>Gives the maximum number of bits per track which can be buffered by the device for later transmission to a host.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T1_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 1 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T2_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 2 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_CLOCK</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's CLOCK line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_T3_DATA</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's DATA line for the reader's track 3 output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_CARDPRESENT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>Mask for the magnetic card reader's card detection output.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PIN</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PIN register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_PORT</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>PORT register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MAG_DDR</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>DDR register that the magnetic card reader device is attached to.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

334
Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c
View file

@ -1,167 +1,167 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
{
case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
break;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
return DescriptorTooLarge;
default:
return ControlError;
}
/* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
{
/* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
* but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE))
break;
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
}
else
{
/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
* needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
* which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
* routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
* with compatible devices.
*
* This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
*
* \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
*/
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
{
uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
uint8_t FoundEndpoints = 0;
/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
{
case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
break;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
return DescriptorTooLarge;
default:
return ControlError;
}
/* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoHIDInterfaceFound;
}
while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))
{
/* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */
if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
{
/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
* but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE))
break;
/* Descriptor not found, error out */
return NoEndpointFound;
}
/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)
{
/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
}
else
{
/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,
EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);
FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
}
}
/* Valid data found, return success */
return SuccessfulConfigRead;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}
/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
* configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
* descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
*
* This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
* aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
*
* \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
*/
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
{
/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
{
/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
}
else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)
{
/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
}
/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
}

132
Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h
View file

@ -1,66 +1,66 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "MissileLauncher.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define HID_CLASS 0x03
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
*/
#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include "MissileLauncher.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */
#define HID_CLASS 0x03
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
{
SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
NoEndpointFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
#endif

3128
Projects/MissileLauncher/Doxygen.conf
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more